environmental impact assessment report proposed...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF MANUFACTURING OF

BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES

By

M/s. VADIVARHE SPECIALITY CHEMICALS LTD.

Gat No. 204, Nashik-Mumbai Highway, Vadivarhe, Taluka: Igatpuri,

District: Nashik, Maharashtra, India.

September, 2017

EIA Consultant:

GREEN CIRCLE INC.,

Vadodara

Proposal No. IA/MH/IND2/52374/2016

EIA REPORT

FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION OF MANUFACTURING OF BULK DRUG & INTERMEDIATES

Green Circle Inc. M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited

EIA REPORT



ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

WE EXPRESS OUR SINCERE THANKS TO MANAGEMENT & EMPLOYEES OF M/s.

VADIVARHE SPECIALITY CHEMICALS LTD. “Gat No. 204, Nashik-Mumbai Highway,

Vadivarhe, Taluka: Igatpuri, District: Nashik, Maharashtra, India” FOR THEIR CO-

OPERATION & UNSTINTED HELP WITHOUT WHICH THE EIA REPORT FOR PROPOSED

EXPANSION PROJECT FOR “MANUFACTURING OF BULK DRUG & INTERMEDIATE” COULD

NOT HAVE BEEN POSSIBLE. THE COURTESY EXTENDED TO OUR TEAM IS HIGHLY

APPRECIATED.

DISCLAIMER

The consulting services conducted by Green Circle, Inc. (the “Company”) were performed using

generally accepted guidelines, standards, and/or practices, which the Company considers reliable.

Although the Company performed its consulting services pursuant to reliable and generally

accepted practices in the industry, the Company does not guarantee or provide any

representations or warranties with respect to Client’s use, interpretation or application of the

findings, conclusions, and/or suggestions of the consulting services provided by the Company.

Moreover, the findings, conclusions, and the suggestions resulting from the consulting service are

based upon certain assumptions, information, documents, and procedures provided by the

Customer. AS SUCH, IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL THE COMPANY

BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY

NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LOST REVENUE OR

PROFITS OF THE CUSTOMER OR ITS CUSTOMERS, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTORS,

RESULTING FROM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SERVICES PROVIDED

BY THE COMPANY. The Customer agrees that the Company shall have no liability for damages,

which may result from Client’s use, interpretation or application of the consulting services provided

by the Company. Client’s logo has been used for report purpose only.

EIA REPORT



GREEN CIRCLE, INC.

Integrated HSEQR Consulting Engineers, Scientists & Trainers

(MoEF Recognized Environment Laboratory)

(An ISO: 9001, 14001, OHSAS: 18001 Certified Organization & GPCB approved Environment Auditor –

Schedule II)

EIA Certificate

This is to certify that M/s. Green Circle, Inc. Vadodara has

conducted EIA study for “Proposed Expansion of Manufacturing

Of Bulk Drug & Intermediates” Gut No. 204, Nashik-Mumbai

Highway, Vadivarhe, Taluka: Igatpuri, District: Nashik,

Maharashtra, India” by M/s. VADIVARHE SPECIALITY

CHEMICALS LTD. for the period of January 2017 to March,

2017.

For: Green Circle Inc;

Mr. Pradeep Joshi

Group President & CEO

EIA REPORT



QUALITY CONTROL SHEET

Rev. No. & Date

Reason History Prepared &

compiled By Reviewed

By Approved

by Validated

by

R01 & 25.09.2017 Final EIA Report DP,RP, SA VB, DM PJ PJ

PJ: Pradeep Joshi VB: Vikash Bhagat

DP: Disha Patel SA: Sandhya Agnihotri

RP: Rahul Patel DM: Dr Deepika Mandal

Compiled &

Prepared by Disha Patel Rahul Patel Sandhya Agnihotri

Signature

Reviewed by Vikash Bhagat Dr Deepika Mandal

Signature

Approved by Pradeep Joshi, Group President & CEO

Signature

Released by Anushree Joshi – Corporate VP

Signature

Project Team:

S. No. Name

1 Mr. Raghav Soni

2 Ms. Shital Parmar

3 Mr. Bipeen Gadhe

4 Mr. Vaibhav Pawar

EIA REPORT



Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................................... 16

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 23

1.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 23

1.2. PURPOSE OF THE STUDY ......................................................................................................................................... 23

1.3. IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT ............................................................................................... 23

1.4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY, REGION ..................... 24

1.4.1. Nature and size of the Project ................................................................................................................. 24

1.4.2. Location of the Project site ...................................................................................................................... 24

1.4.3. Importance to country, region ................................................................................................................ 24

1.5. SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY ................................................................................................................ 25

1.6. APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS ............................................................................................................. 26

1.7. APPROVED TOR FOR EIA STUDY BY SEAC ................................................................................................................ 27

1.8. STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT .................................................................................................................................... 38

CHAPTER 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 41

2.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 41

2.2. TYPE OF PROJECT .................................................................................................................................................. 41

2.3. NEED FOR THE PROJECT ......................................................................................................................................... 41

2.4. JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT ..................................................................................................................................... 41

2.5. PROJECT COST ..................................................................................................................................................... 42

2.6. LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE ............................................................................................................................... 42

2.7. SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ......................................................................................................................... 48

2.7.1. Products and Production Capacities........................................................................................................ 48

2.7.2. Details of By-products: ............................................................................................................................ 53

2.7.3. Raw Materials Requirement ................................................................................................................... 54

2.8. PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ....................................................................................... 86

2.9. MANUFACTURING PROCESS .................................................................................................................................... 87

2.9.1. Solvent Recovery Plan ............................................................................................................................ 255

2.10. PLANT INFRASTRUCTURE AND BASIC REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 258

2.10.1. List of plant machinery .......................................................................................................................... 258

2.10.2. Water requirement ............................................................................................................................... 263

2.10.3. Power requirement ............................................................................................................................... 265

2.10.4. Fuel requirement ................................................................................................................................... 266

2.10.5. Manpower requirement ........................................................................................................................ 266

2.11. EMISSION, EFFLUENT GENERATION & WASTE GENERATION WITH CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................................... 267

2.11.1. Air Emission ........................................................................................................................................... 267

2.11.2. Effluent generation and its management (ZLD) .................................................................................... 268

2.11.3. Details of the Hazardous Waste ............................................................................................................ 272

2.11.4. Details of the Non- Hazardous Waste ................................................................................................... 273

2.11.5. Details of Solids Waste .......................................................................................................................... 273

2.12. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................................................. 273

2.13. RAIN WATER HARVESTING ................................................................................................................................... 274

2.14. STORM WATER-COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL ............................................................................................................ 274

CHAPTER 3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 275

3.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................. 275

3.2. METHODOLOGY ................................................................................................................................................. 275

3.3. TOPOGRAPHY..................................................................................................................................................... 277

EIA REPORT



3.4. GEOLOGY .......................................................................................................................................................... 278

3.5. GEOMORPHOLOGY & SOIL TYPES ........................................................................................................................... 279

3.6. HYDROGEOLOGY ................................................................................................................................................. 279

3.7. SEISMOLOGY ...................................................................................................................................................... 280

3.8. LAND USE .......................................................................................................................................................... 281

3.9. METEOROLOGY .................................................................................................................................................. 283

3.10. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ........................................................................................................................................ 286

3.11. NOISE ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................................................................................... 294

3.12. WATER QUALITY ................................................................................................................................................ 298

3.13. SOIL ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................................................ 307

3.14. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................................. 311

3.15. SOCIOECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................................... 318

3.16. TRAFFIC SURVEY ................................................................................................................................................. 328

3.17. BASELINE MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS: .................................................................................................................. 331

CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ....................................... 332

4.1. PRELUDE ........................................................................................................................................................... 332

4.2. VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS ............................................................................. 332

4.2.1. Potential Impacts during Project Operation ......................................................................................... 332

4.3. POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) ................. 333

4.3.1. Air Environment, Noise Environment, Land Environment, Solid and Hazardous waste, Site Security and

Safety, Water Environment, Soil Environment, Socio- economic Environment, Health and Well-being of

Construction Workers ............................................................................................................................................. 333

4.4. POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATION PHASE ............................................................... 333

4.4.1. Air Environment .................................................................................................................................... 333

4.4.2. Noise Environment ................................................................................................................................ 338

4.4.3. Water Environment ............................................................................................................................... 338

4.4.4. Storm Water .......................................................................................................................................... 339

4.4.5. Surface Water Quality ........................................................................................................................... 339

4.4.6. Land Environment ................................................................................................................................. 339

4.4.7. Solid and Hazardous Waste .................................................................................................................. 339

4.4.8. Socio-Economic Environment ................................................................................................................ 341

4.4.9. Ecology and Biodiversity ....................................................................................................................... 342

4.4.10. Odour Problem ...................................................................................................................................... 342

4.4.11. Energy Conservation ............................................................................................................................. 343

4.4.12. Safety Provisions ................................................................................................................................... 344

4.5. POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX ......................................................................................................... 344

CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ........................................................................................................... 346

5.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................. 346

5.2. ANALYSIS OF SITE ALTERNATIVE ............................................................................................................................. 346

5.3. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES ........................................................................................................ 347

CHAPTER 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAME ................................................................................. 349

6.1. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ......................................................................................................... 349

6.2. OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING ................................................................................................................................ 349

6.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................................................................. 349

6.3.1. Monitoring Equipment and Consumables ............................................................................................. 350

6.3.2. Environmental Budget .......................................................................................................................... 351

6.3.3. Emission Monitoring & Evaluation ........................................................................................................ 352

6.3.4. In House Capabilities for EMS Monitoring ............................................................................................ 352

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...................................................................................................................... 353

7.1. PUBLIC HEARING ................................................................................................................................................ 353

7.2. RISK ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................................................... 353

7.2.1. Hazard Identification& Risk Assessment (HIRA) .................................................................................... 354

7.3. DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................................................. 355

7.3.1. Introduction to Disaster Management Plan .......................................................................................... 355

7.3.2. Information on risk evaluation preliminary hazard analysis ................................................................. 359

7.3.3. Disaster preparedness ........................................................................................................................... 361

7.3.4. Safety and mitigating measures ........................................................................................................... 369

7.3.5. Post emergency planning ...................................................................................................................... 370

7.3.6. Health, Safety and Environmental Protection ....................................................................................... 370

CHAPTER 8. PROJECT BENEFITS .......................................................................................................................... 374

8.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................. 374

8.2. IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ....................................................................................................... 374

8.3. CER ACTIVITIES .................................................................................................................................................. 374

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................................................................ 379

8.4. EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL .................................................................................................................................... 379

CHAPTER 9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................................................... 380

9.1. PRELUDE ........................................................................................................................................................... 380

9.2. THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................................ 380

9.3. OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN.............................................................................................. 381

9.4. EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE .......................................................................................................................... 382

9.4.1. Air Environment, Noise Environment, water environmrnt, soil/Land Environment, management of Solid

and Hazardous waste, management of Socio- economic and cultural Environment. ............................................ 382

9.5. EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE ............................................................................................................................ 382

9.5.1. Management of Air Environment ......................................................................................................... 383

SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS: .......................................................................................................................... 383

9.5.2. Management of Noise Environment ..................................................................................................... 384

9.5.3. Management of Water Environment .................................................................................................... 385

9.5.4. Management of Land Environment ...................................................................................................... 386

9.5.5. Management of Solid and Hazardous Waste ....................................................................................... 386

9.5.6. Management of Hazardous Raw materials .......................................................................................... 387

9.5.7. Management of Biological Environment .............................................................................................. 387

9.5.8. Management of Socio-economic factors .............................................................................................. 387

9.5.9. Management of Traffic ......................................................................................................................... 388

9.6. ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES ..................................................................................................................... 388

9.6.1. Water Conservation .............................................................................................................................. 388

9.6.2. Energy Conservation ............................................................................................................................. 389

9.6.3. Storm Water Management ................................................................................................................... 390

9.6.4. Green Belt Development ....................................................................................................................... 390

9.6.5. Odour Management Plan ...................................................................................................................... 392

9.6.6. Safety measures to prevent the Occupational Health Hazards ............................................................. 392

9.6.7. Social welfare measures for future planning ........................................................................................ 392

9.7. SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN AND ACTIONS ............................................................................... 393

9.8. FINDINGS .......................................................................................................................................................... 398

9.9. CONCLUSIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 398

CHAPTER 10. CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................... 399

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 11. DISCLOSURE BY CONSULTANT ......................................................................................................... 400

CHAPTER 12. ............................................................................................................................................................ 401

ASSESSMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE, REMEDIATION PLAN AND NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE

AUGMENTATION PLAN ............................................................................................................................................ 401

12.1. PREAMBLE ............................................................................................................................................................. 401

12.2 PUBLIC HEARING POINTS / ISSUES AND COMPANY’S RESPONSE......................................................................................... 401

12.3. ECOLOGICAL / ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................. 403

12.4. REMEDIATION / ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN AND COST ..................................................................................... 405

12.5. NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN ....................................................................................... 406

12.6. ECONOMIC BENEFIT DUE TO VIOLATION ACTIVITY ......................................................................................................... 407

12.7. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION ........................................................................................................................ 407

12.8. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF PLANNED ACTIVITIES AND RELATED BANK GUARANTEE ...................................................... 407

EIA REPORT



List of Tables

Table 1.1 ToR Compliance Status ................................................................................................. 27 Table 2.1 Area Details ................................................................................................................... 45 Table 2.2 Environmental Settings of the Project Site ..................................................................... 47 Table 2.3 Existing & Proposed Products and Production Capacities ............................................. 48 Table 2.4 Details of By-products .................................................................................................... 53 Table 2.5 Raw Materials requirement ............................................................................................ 54 Table 2.6 Details of plant machinery (Existing) ............................................................................ 258 Table 2.7 Details of plant machinery (Proposed) ......................................................................... 263 Table 2.8 Water Consumption & wastewater generation details .................................................. 264 Table 2.9 Power requirement ...................................................................................................... 266 Table 2.10 Fuel Consumption Details .......................................................................................... 266 Table 2.11 Employment Details ................................................................................................... 266 Table 2.12 Details of Flue gas Stacks.......................................................................................... 267 Table 2.13 Details of Process gas Stacks .................................................................................... 267 Table 2.14 Hazardous Waste Details........................................................................................... 272 Table 2.15 Non- Hazardous Waste Details .................................................................................. 273 Table 2.16 Annual Runoff ............................................................................................................ 274 Table 3.1 Environmental Attributes & Frequency of Monitoring.................................................... 276 Table 3.2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius) ............................................. 281 Table 3.3 Climatology (Year: 2016) ............................................................................................. 284 Table 3.4 Site Specific Meteorological data ................................................................................. 285 Table 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ..................................................................... 288 Table 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) ........................................... 289 Table 3.7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement ....................... 291 Table 3.8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................................ 295 Table 3.9 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area ..................................................................... 296 Table 3.10 Applicable Noise Standards ....................................................................................... 296 Table 3.11 Ground Water sampling locations in the study area ................................................... 299 Table 3.12 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area .................................................................... 300 Table 3.13 Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................ 303 Table 3.14 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area .................................................................... 304 Table 3.15 Standard Water Quality Criteria ................................................................................. 306 Table 3.16 Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................................. 308 Table 3.17 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil ....................................................................... 309 Table 3.18 List of Flora in the Study Area .................................................................................... 312 Table 3.19 List of Mammals in the study area .............................................................................. 316 Table 3.20 Reptilian fauna in the study area ................................................................................ 317 Table 3.21 Avifauna in the study area.......................................................................................... 317 Table 3.22 List of villages present in the study area .................................................................... 319 Table 3.23 Village-wise details of Population ............................................................................... 320 Table 3.24 Social Distribution ...................................................................................................... 322 Table 3.25 Occupational Pattern ................................................................................................. 326 Table 3.26 Traffic Survey conducted on Double Lane Road: NH-3 Mumbai- Nashik .................. 328 Table 3.27 Level of Service ......................................................................................................... 330 Table 4.1 Ground level concentration of TSP in µg/m3................................................................. 334 Table 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2 in µg/m3 ................................................................. 335 Table 4.3 Ground level concentration of NOx in µg/m3 ................................................................ 337 Table 4.4 Matrix for Various Project Activities and Associated Potential Environmental Impacts on

Various Environmental Attributes .......................................................................................... 344 Table 5.1 Alternatives for technologies ........................................................................................ 347 Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase) ........................................ 351 Table 6.2 Budget Allocation for Environmental Management ....................................................... 352 Table 7.1 Hazards and Risk Assessment Worksheet: ................................................................. 354 Table 9.1 Details of Existing trees ............................................................................................... 391 Table 9.2 Details of proposed trees ............................................................................................. 391

EIA REPORT



Table 9.3 Summary of Environmental Management Plan ............................................................ 394 Table 12.1 : Points / Issues raised during public hearing and company’s response ..................... 402 Table 12.2 Assessment of Environmental / Ecological Damage and Remediation/ EMP suggested .......... 404 Table 12.3 : The natural and community resource augmentation plan with allocated budgetary ............... 406 Table 12.4 Summary of budgetary allocation with respect to violation activity and remediation .............. 407

EIA REPORT



List of Figures

Figure 1.1 Methodology of EIA Study ............................................................................................ 26 Figure 2.1 Project Location Map .................................................................................................... 42 Figure 2.2 Google Image of the project site ................................................................................... 43 Figure 2.3 Google Image of the project site (200 & 500 m radius) ................................................. 44 Figure 2.4 Google Image of the project site (5 & 10 Km radius) ..................................................... 44 Figure 2.5 Plant Layout ................................................................................................................. 46 Figure 2.6 Block Diagram for Solvent Recovery .......................................................................... 257 Figure 2.7 Water Balance Diagram .............................................................................................. 265 Figure 2.8 Scrubbing system ....................................................................................................... 268 Figure 2.9 ETP Flow Chart (Capacity: 50 KLD) ........................................................................... 271 Figure 2.10 Treatment Diagram of RO plant (Capacity: 1 KL/hr) .................................................. 271 Figure 2.11 Layout of MEE (Capacity: 0.8 KL/hr) ......................................................................... 272 Figure 3.1 Topographic Map of The Study Area .......................................................................... 278 Figure 3.2 Seismic Zoning Map of India ....................................................................................... 280 Figure 3.3 Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone) ............................................... 282 Figure 3.4 Wind Rose (Winter Season) ....................................................................................... 286 Figure 3.5 Google Image showing Ambient Air Monitoring Locations .......................................... 287 Figure 3.6 Statistical Comparison of PM10 in study area .............................................................. 292 Figure 3.7 Statistical Comparison of PM2.5 in study area.............................................................. 292 Figure 3.8 Statistical Comparison of SO2 in study area ................................................................ 293 Figure 3.9 Statistical Comparison of NOx in study area ............................................................... 294 Figure 3.10 Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations .................................... 295 Figure 3.11 Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area ........................ 297 Figure 3.12 Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area ...................... 298 Figure 3.13 Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations .................................... 299 Figure 3.14 Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations .................................... 303 Figure 3.15 Google Image showing Soil Monitoring Locations ..................................................... 308 Figure 3.16 Dominant Tress species, Shrubs and herbs in the study area .................................. 315 Figure 3.17 Villages within 10 km radius ...................................................................................... 319 Figure 3.18 Population of the study area ..................................................................................... 322 Figure 3.19 Social profile of the study area .................................................................................. 324 Figure 3.20 Population Literacy of the study area ........................................................................ 325 Figure 3.21 Occupational Pattern of the study area ..................................................................... 328 Figure 3.22 Graph of Vehicular concentration at Peak hour & Lean hour for NH-3 Mumbai- ....... 329 Figure 4.1 Ground level concentration of TSP ............................................................................. 335 Figure 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2 .............................................................................. 336 Figure 4.3 Ground level concentration of NOx ............................................................................. 337

EIA REPORT



List of Annexure

Annexure I : Land Possession Document

Annexure II : Existing Consent to Establish (CTE)

Annexure III : Consent to Opertare (CTO)

Annexure IV : ToR Letter

Annexure V : Plant layout

Annexure VI : Court Order

Annexure VII : MPCB Petition Letter

Annexure VIII : Environmental Policy

Annexure IX : TSDF Membership copy

Annexure X : Raw Data of Ambient Air Monitoring

Annexure XI : Emergency Management Plan

Annexure XII : Fire Detection and Alarm System

Annexure XIII : MSDS

Annexure XIV : Work Zone Monitoring Report

Annexure XV : Health status of workers

Annexure XVI: Public Hearing Proceeding

Annexure XVII: Quantitative Risk Assessement

EIA REPORT



Abbreviations

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

DO : Dissolved Oxygen

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

MPCB : Maharashtra Pollution Control Board

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

IMD : Indian Meteorological Department

KVA : Kilo Volt Ampere

KLD : Kilo Litres per day

CMD : Cubic meter per day

MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change

PM : Particulate Matter

PPEs : Personal Protective Equipments

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

ZLD : Zero Liquid Discharge

MTPA : Metric Tonne per Annum

MSEB : Maharashtra State Electricity Board

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

EPA : Environment Protection Act

SEIAA : State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

SEAC : State Level Expert Appraisal Committee

ToR : Terms of Reference

CHWTSDF : Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities

TSDF : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities

HDPE : High Density Polyethylene

LDPE : Low Density Polyethylene

SOP : Standard Operating Procedure

GLC : Ground Level Concentrations

HSE : Health, Safety & Environment

VOC : Volatile Organic Compounds

QRA : Quantitative Risk Assessment

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

http://envfor.nic.in/sites/default/files/TGM_Comman%20Hazardous%20Waste%20Treatment_010910_NK.pdf

EIA REPORT



CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

LED : Light Emitting Diode

CFL : Compact Fluorescent Lamp

CFM : Cubic feed per meter

EIA REPORT



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduction

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. (VSCL) is incorporated in the year 2007 to manufacture

Bulk Drug & Intermediates. It has been incorporated with main object to manufacture Bulk Drugs &

Intermediates which have a good export potential. The ever-increasing demand for the products in

India & Abroad has prompted the promoters to undertake manufacturing of some selected Bulk

Drugs & Intermediates. M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. is a team of performing range of

aptitude, talented and affirmative professionals, when it comes to quality and excellence. The

proposed Expansion production capacity is 22.01815 MT/M.

Project proponent:

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Limited is proposed by Mr. Vasant Jagtap, Director of the

Company, having experience in Engineering and maintenance department for more than 35 years

and Mr. Pramod V. Gajare, GM R & D and Production, of the Company, having 30 years

experience in Manufacturing and R & D in Intermediates and Bulk Drugs.

Type of Project:

The project is neither an interlinked project nor an interdependent project. The proposed project is

an expansion of manufacturing capacity as well as addition of new products to the existing

manufacturing unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates. The project falls under Category ‘A’, Section 5(f)

“Synthetic organic chemicals industry” of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendments.

Project cost:

Total Project cost for proposed project activity is Rs. 3 crores.

Location of the Project Site:

The proposed project is located at Gut No.204, Nashik - Mumbai highway, A/P-Vadivarhe, Tal-

Igatpuri, Dist-Nashik-422403, Maharashtra.

The site is well connected by road and rail network. The nearest road is Nashik –Mumbai Highway

(0.15 Km, E), Railway station is Igatpuri Railway Station (20.87 Km, SW) and nearest airport is

Nashik Airport (30 Km, NE).

Nature and Size of the project:

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has proposed for expansion of existing products as well

as addition of new products. The existing production capacity of the plant is 12.85 MT/M and

proposed production capacity will be 22.018 MT/M. Thus the total production capacity after

expansion and addition of new products will be 34.868 MT/M.

EIA REPORT



Water Requirement:

The total fresh water requirement during the operation phase for the existing facility is 26.41 KLD

and proposed fresh water requirement will be 11.51 KLD. Total Water requirement of the project

after expansion will be 54.41 KLD, Out of which, 37.92 KLD will be fresh water, while remaining

16.49 KLD will be recycled water. Main source of water supply will meet through tanker water

supply.

Waste water generation & Management:

Wastewater generated from the plant will be segregated into low concentrated stream and high

concentrated stream. High concentrated stream i.e. effluent generated from the process (6.46

KLD) will be sent to the stripper, where solvents (1 KLD) will be recovered and the remaining

effluent (5.46 KLD) will be sent to MEE for further treatment. Condensate (4.914 KLD) generated

from the MEE will be sent to existing ETP.

Low concentrated stream i.e. wastewater generated from cooling tower, boiler, equipment and

floor washing (13.17 KLD) will be treated into ETP followed by RO and MEE. Domestic wastewater

(5.1 KLD) will be sent to ETP for further treatment.

Treated water (16.49 KLD) will be reused for flushing, gardening, washing and cooling Tower

make-up. Thus, Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) will be achieved.

Electricity Requirement:

The Total power requirement will be 300 KVA. The main source of power is MSEB. The back-up

will be provided from DG Sets having capacity of 250 KVA in case of power failure. Solar

Electricity Generation Plant is installed at Factory premises for generating between 886 to 1063

KVA (unit) per day and utilized for production activity. Therefore no additional electricity will be

required for proposed project.

Fuel Requirement & Stack details:

Diesel Oil will be used as a fuel for DG set and Boiler. Scrubber is installed for process rectors.

Stack height of Boiler is 20 m and scrubber will be 24 m. Solar Water Heater Plant is installed at

Factory premises for generating 3000 liter per day and utilized for production activity saving 120 to

180 liters of LDO per day. Therefore no additional fuel will be required for proposed project. In

rainy season / at night online heater is used to enhance the temperature of water as per

requirement.

Manpower Requirement:

There are 120 peoples are working in existing plant and around 30 peoples will be required for the

proposed expansion project. Thus, total manpower will be 150 workers.

EIA REPORT



Solid & hazardous waste management:

Hazardous waste like Discarded drum / Container, Used / Spent oil, Distillation residue, Discarded

product material (R&D) etc. will be generated and sold or disposed to MPCB authorized vendor /

recycler and / or will be disposed at CHWTSDF.

Green Belt Development:

Total 4600 m2 area (36.8 %) has been already provided in existing premises. Suitable local 387

numbers of plant of variety of species are planted with adequate spacing.

Description of the Environment

Study area

The baseline quality of various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land, biology,

meteorological and socio-economic is assessed within the impact zone of about 10 km around the

proposed site. The present report presents the data collected during the sampling period of three

months during winter season from January’17 and March’17.

Climate of the study area

The climate of the region is classified as tropical wet and dry climate. The annual maximum

temperature is 37.6 in the month of May and minimum temperature is 10 ˚C in the month of

January. The average annual rainfall for the Igatpuri as a whole is 700 mm. Most of the rainfall is

received from June to September.

Seismicity

According to the seismic-zoning map of India, the project area falls in Zone III-Moderate Risk zone

of seismicity.

Air Environment

AAQM was carried out in 8 locations on 24 hourly average basis as per guidelines of CPCB and

NAAQS within 10 km radius of the study area. PM10 and PM2.5 was found in the range of 64.26 to

86.69 μg/m3 and 29.56 to 48.18 μg/m3 respectively. SO2 found in the range of 5.78 to 9.45 μg/m3

and NOx: 12.21 to 25.14 μg/m3. The PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx parameters are found within the

permissible limit as per NAAQS level. Other parameters like VOCs, Heavy metals, Cyclohexane

etc. were found within permissible limit.

Noise Environment

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. A total of 8 locations were identified for ambient

noise monitoring in the study area. The daytime varied from 47.8 dB(A) to 64 dB(A) and night time

noise varied of 38.6 dB(A) to 54.6 dB(A). Both daytime noise and night time noise were found

within the limit.

Water Environment

In order to establish the baseline water quality, 8 ground water and 8 surface water samples were

collected and analyzed in the study area. The analysis result for ground water samples were within

EIA REPORT



drinking water limit as per IS 10500: 2012. The surface water quality is within class D as per

classification of water quality criteria.

Soil Quality

Soil samples were collected from 8 locations in the study area and analyzed for physico-

Chemicals characteristics. Soil quality was found to be normal.

Land Use/Land Cover of the Study Area

Land use pattern of the study area covering 10 km radius includes Barren Hilly Terrain, Pond /

Lake, Crop Land, Barren Land, Land with Scrub, Fallow Land, Settlement, Industry, Query and

Hilly Forest Terrain Land. Which comprises of Industrial area 663.36 ha and Agriculture land

10242.66 ha.

Biological Environment

Biological environment includes flora and fauna including aquatic species found in the study area

of 10 km radius.

Flora: The most common grasses Aristida species, Brachiara species, Digitaria species,

Heteropogon species, Themeda species, Sporobolus species, Cenchrus barbatus,

Lasiurushirsutus and Cymbopogonjwarancusa are found to grow in this region.

Fauna: The various animal species in the study area are found, detailed study is given in Baseline

Chapter-3.

Socio-economic Environment:

Socio-economic data were collected from within 10 km radius of the Project site. These include 30

villages as per census of India 2011. Total population was 60847, out of which male population is

31035 and female population is 29812 with Sex ratio is 964.43. The total no. of household was

10993. The total literate population was 40502, male literacy was 23002 and female literacy was

17500 and literacy rate was 67%.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Air Environment

• In order to estimate the ground level concentrations due to the emission from the

proposed project, AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software has been employed.

• These predicted ground level concentrations when added to baseline scenario, the

overall scenario levels of PM10, SO2, NOx, are well within the permissible limits specified

by CPCB.

• VOCs and other NAAQS parameters are observed within below detectable limit, the

detail explanation is mentioned in Baseline chapter-3.

• Adequate mitigation measures have been already installed to control air pollution.

EIA REPORT



Noise Environment

The major noise source includes various machines, pumps, motors, DG sets and vehicular traffic.

The noise levels were below the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential and industrial areas.

Technical and administrative measures are already implemented to minimize the noise levels

which include periodic maintenance of machinery, mandatory use of personal hearing protection

equipment with operable mufflers, oiling and lubrication, noise suppression measures such as

enclosures, buffers, greenbelt development etc.

Water Environment

VSCL is intended to achieve a Zero Liquid Discharge. The total fresh water requirement during the

operation phase for the existing facility is 26.41 KLD and proposed fresh water requirement will be

11.51 KLD. Total Water requirement of the project after expansion will be 54.41 KLD, Out of

which, 37.92 KLD will be fresh water, while remaining 16.49 KLD will be recycled water. Main

source of water supply will meet through tanker water supply. Industrial wastewater will be

segregated into high and low concentreated stream. High concentreated steram will be treated into

Stripper followed by MEE. Condensate from MEE will be treated in ETP. Low concentreated

steram will be treated into ETP followed by RO & MEE and treated water will be reused for

cooling, flushing, gardening & washing. Domestic wastewater will be treated into ETP followed by

RO. Hence, ZLD will be achieved.

Land Environment

A total of 4600 m2 area (36.8%) has been earmarked for the green area development. There will

be little impact envisaged due to the operation of the plant. There is no discharge of solid as well

as liquid effluent in open land. The green area development and tree plantation will help in

enhancing the aesthetics of the plant. Thus no adverse impact is envisaged on land environment.

Biological Environment

Analysis of abiotic factors reveals that ambient air and fresh water quality will remain practically

unaffected. Hence no impact on flora and fauna is envisaged. Moreover there are no reserve

forest and protected areas within 10 km radius.

Socio-economic Environment

The proposed expansion project is expected to provide direct and indirect employment opportunity

to skilled and unskilled workers. The project will contribute to the socio-economic development of

the area at the local level in turn reducing migration for employment. Hence, the proposed project

will have positive impact on the socio-economic environment.

Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Monitoring Program is designed for operation phase of the project for monitoring of

various environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil and ecology etc.

EIA REPORT



Environmental Management Plan

The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:

• Environmental management strategies

• Specialized engineering construction procedures in relation to environmental guidelines

of the country

• Spill prevention and control

• Management of wastes and hazardous Chemicals

• Air, water and soil quality protection

• Noise control

• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization

• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

• Socio-economic and welfare considerations

• Risk and disaster management plan

• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance

• Budget allocation for environment management plan.

Public Hearing

The Existing & proposed expansion project for Proposed project for the manufacturing of Bulk

Drugs & API from 12.85 MT per month to 34.868 MT per month by M/s. Vadivarhe Specility

Chemicals Ltd. is covered under Category 5(f)-B of the EIA Notification–2006. As per the Terms of

Reference issued by MOEF&CC, unit required to conduct Public Hearing.

The advertisement for the public hearing was published in Times of India and in Sakal news paper

on 27.05.2017. Public Hearing was conducted on 28th June, 2017 at 11:00 A.M. at Gat. No. 204,

Nashik Mumbai Highway, Wadivarhe, Igatpuri, Nasik 422403, Maharashtra.

Risk Assessment

The Risk assessment study has been conducted for all the operations involved in the project. The

study considers all the hazards associated with all the activities which will be involved. The

hazards leading to possible consequences are summarised in the chapter-7 and the risk mitigation

measures and intended safeguards are specifically mentioned in the chapter-7 in the EIA report.

The risk to personnel, process / operation is considered in the study.

Disaster Management Plan

Disaster Management Plan is prepared for identification of various hazards addressed qualitatively

and included onsiteand off-site emergency plan. A Disaster Management Plan is prepared to

meet any grave emergency which can occur due to Natural Disasters such as Floods,

Earthquakes, or due to Man-Made Disasters such as Acts of war and Fires, Power failures. Details

of risk assessment and disaster management plan are given in the EIA report.

EIA REPORT



Project Benefits

Growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for employment and can also help

diversify the economy.

CSR Activities

Existing: VSCL has initiated various CSR activities for the development and care of the area and

people. The various CSR activities undertaken by VSCL include.

• Blankets distributed at Local Villages of Igatpuri and Trymbakeshwar.

• Medical Camp arranged at Wadivarhe Village Gram panchayat School.

• Compound Wall constructed for Wadivarhe Gram panchayat School.

• School uniforms, notebooks and scholarship will be provided to poor students.

• Organized Health check up camp for School children.

• Water Tank and Dust Bins were provided at Kumbhmela Nashik

• Tree Plantation on both side of Village Road from Highway to Wadivarhe Village.

Proposed: VSCL has also planned various CSR activities for future which include.

• Installation of High mast at Wadivarhe Village.

• Funds will be provided to arrange extracurricular activities for nearby schools.

• Plants will be maintained at Roads passing nearby.

• Regular medical camps and eye-camps in the surrounding villages to provide treatment

with free supply of medicines and highlight the aspects of hygiene and good health.

Conclusion:

• The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986

to safeguard environment.

• Waste water generated from the proposed project will be treated in to ETP followed by

RO.

• Ambient Air Quality of the project site will be within the permissible limit as prescribed by

National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

• Noise is expected to be on higher side during Operational phase noise shall be within

industrial premises which will not exceed 75 dB(A).

• The project will generate employment opportunities during operational stage. The

standard of living of local people due to employment is likely to be better, so we may say

that it is positive socio-economic impact. The region will get economic boost.

• Overall the project will have positive impact for socio-economic and cultural development.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Introduction

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemical Ltd. is incorporated in the year 2007 to manufacture Bulk

Drugs & Intermediates which have a good export potential. The ever-increasing demand for the

products in India & Abroad has prompted the promoters to undertake manufacturing of some

selected Bulk Drugs & Intermediates.

The industry has earned the reputation of being one of the major infallible suppliers of

intermediates and specialty chemicals across the globe. M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemical Ltd. is

a team of performing range of aptitude, talented and affirmative professionals, when it comes to

quality and excellence.

1.2. Purpose of the Study

The proposed expansion project falls under category ‘A’, section 5(f) “Synthetic organic chemical

industry”. As per the EIA notification, 2006 & subsequent amendments, proposed project will have

to obtain Environmental Clearance from EAC, MoEF&CC New Delhi.

In order to obtain the Environmental Clearance from the EAC, MoEF&CC New Delhi, Form-1, Pre-

feasibility Report and proposed ToR submitted. Presentation of ToR has been made before the

EAC on dated 26th December, 2016 and ToR issued on dated 12th January, 2017. M/s. Vadivarhe

Specilaty Chemicals Limited has retained the services of Green Circle Inc, Vadodara to undertake

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for assessing the impact of the proposed

expansion, industrial development project, on various environmental parameters in the study area

and prepare an Environment Management Plan for mitigate the adverse impacts of the proposed

project.

As per the additional ToR (Minutes of 17th EAC Meeting) and Model ToR prescribed by MoEFCC,

baseline data has been prepared for one season i.e winter season (January ’17 to March’17). The

study area comprises of the core zone (project area) and the buffer zone (10 km around the core

zone from the periphery).

1.3. Identification of Project and Project Proponent

Identification of Project:

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has proposed to expand a plant for manufacturing of bulk

drug intermediates at Gut No.204, Nashik-Mumbai highway, A/P-Vadivarhe, Tal-Igatpuri, Dist-

Nashik-422403 (Maharashtra). It is a limited organization engaged in manufacturing Bulk Drugs &

Drugs Intermediates manufacturing products.

EIA REPORT



Identification of Project Proponent:

M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited is proposed by Mr. Vasant Jagtap is the Director of

this Company having experience in an Engenerring and maintenance department more than 35

years and Mr. Pramod V. Gajare GM of R&D and Production of this Company having 20 Years

experience in Manufacturing and R&D in Intermediates and Bulk Drugs.

Address for correspondence:

• Name: Mr. Vasant Jagtap, Mr. Pramod V. Gajare

• Designation: Director , GM

• Address: Gut No.204, Nashik Mumbai Highway A/P, Taluka: Igatpuri

Dist: Nashik-422 403

• Telephone No.: 02553-6282235 / 282238/ 282200

• Email: [email protected], [email protected]

1.4. Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to Country, Region

1.4.1. Nature and size of the Project

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has proposed for expansion of existing products as well

as addition of new products. The existing production capacity of the plant is 12.85 MT/M and

proposed production capacity will be 22.018 MT/M. Thus the total production capacity after

expansion and addition of new products will be 34.868 MT/M.

1.4.2. Location of the Project site

The proposed project is located at Gut No.204, Nashik-Mumbai highway, A/P-Vadivarhe, Tal-

Igatpuri, Dist-Nashik-422403, Maharashtra.

The site is well connected by road and rail network. The nearest road is Nashik –Mumbai Highway

(0.15 Km, E), Railway station is Igatpuri Railway Station (20.87 Km, SW) and nearest airport is

Nashik Airport (19 Km, NE).

1.4.3. Importance to country, region

Mumbai & Surrounding area has emerged as major drug manufacture city with a presence in global

market. Pharma industry in the state contribute more than one third to the country total production.

Most of the companies have set up their R&D facilities in the state, thus making the state the

pharmaceutical capital of the country. Mumbai & Surrounding has developed as major production

center for bulk drugs due to the location if the many major pharmaceutical industries such as Lupin

ltd, Matrix Labs, Cipla, Ranbaxy etc. besides a large no. of medium & small industries

manufacturing Bulk Drugs of all kinds. The Indian Pharmaceutical Industry today is in the front rank

of India’s science based industry with wide ranging capabilities in the complex field of drug

manufacture & technology.

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

EIA REPORT



• Bulk drugs have become a part of our life for sustaining many of our day-to-day

activities, preventing & controlling diseases. Bulk drug manufacturing sector in India is

well established & has recorded a steady growth in the overall Indian industrial

scenario. The bulk drug & allied industries have been amongst the fastest growing

segments of the Indian Industry.

• India’s pharmaceutical industry is the third largest in the world in terms of volume. Its

rank is 14th in terms of value. India is also one of the top five active pharmaceutical

ingredients (API) producers (with a share of about 6.5%)

• The ever-increasing demand for bulk drug & intermediate in India & abroad as well as

changing market condition for manufacture & sale of products has prompted the

promoters to go for manufacturing of Bulk Drug (API) & Intermediates as well as

chemicals.

1.5. Scope and Methodology of the study

The scope of the EIA study is based on the generic structure of environmental impact

assessment document as stated in the Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006 (S.O. 1533),

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India.

The scope of the study includes a detailed characteristic of environment in the study area

associated with the proposed development on various environmental components. For the

purpose of environmental assessment, areas within 10 km radius of the project have been

studied and the following methodology will be adopted:

• Generation and collection of baseline data for valued environmental components as per

the EIA guidelines.

• Identification and quantification of significant environmental impacts due to the project

and associated activities.

• Evaluation of impacts due to proposed expansion activities and preparation of an

environmental impact statement

• Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) encompassing

strategies for minimizing identified adverse impacts along with budgetary provisions to

be made by the project authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.

• Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme (EQMP) along with

organizational setup required for monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures.

EIA REPORT



Figure 1.1 Methodology of EIA Study

1.6. Applicable Environmental Regulations

The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts &

Regulations which are formulated by the Govt. of India to protect the environment and

development in a sustainable way:

• The Water (prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

• The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess, Act, 1977

• The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

• The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986

• Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and

subsequent amendments.

EIA REPORT



• Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016.

• Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

• The MSIHC (Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals) rules

1989 and amendment in 2000

• Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules,

1996

• Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments

• The public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

• The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001 and amendment in 2010

1.7. Approved TOR for EIA Study by SEAC

Additional ToR has been issued by the EAC-MoEFCC during their 17th meeting held on 26th

December, 2016.

The EIA study has been conducted in-line with the additional ToR and Model Terms of

Reference (ToR) given by MoEFCC and taking into consideration the structure of the report

given in the EIA Notification 2006. The compliance to the same has been presented in Table

1.1.

Table 1.1 ToR Compliance Status

S.N. ToR Points Compliance Status

Specific ToR by EAC, MOEF&CC during 17th EAC meeting held on 26th December, 2016

1. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent

recovery and for emissions control.

Chapter 2, Sub-section 2.7.3 for

Solvent details & Sub section 2.9.1

for Solvent recovery plan

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and

its arrangement to control.

Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Sub

section 2.11.1

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other

process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*,

HBr*, H2S*, HF*, etc., (* - as applicable).

Chapter 3, Section 3.10

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous

chemicals.

Refer Annexure XIV - Work Zone

Monitoring Report

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregations Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Sub

EIA REPORT




of effluent streams for units adopting ‘Zero’ liquid

discharge.

section 2.11.2

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Chapter 4, Section 4.4 sub section

4.4.10 and Chapter 9, Section 9.6,

Sub section 9.6.5

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with

cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-

process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Not Applicable

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid

effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if

any.

Refer Annexure IX - TSDF

Membership copy.

Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP

is Not Applicable.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. MEE salts will be sent to the

CHWTSDF site for disposal.

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being

used/will is used.

Refer Annexure XIII - MSDS

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Refer Annexure IX - TSDF

Membership copy.

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable.

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety

system to be incorporated.

Chapter 7, Section 7.2 , Sub

section 7.2.1

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers

engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Chapter 7, Section 7.3, sub section

7.3.6

Additional ToR by EAC, MOEF&CC during 17th EAC meeting held on 26th December, 2016

1 Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and

commitments made by the project proponent on the same

should be included in EIA/EMP Report in the form of

Noted.

Chapter: 7, section 7.1 and refer

Annexure XVI : Public Hearing

EIA REPORT




tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the

commitments made.

Proceeding

2 Green belt 10m wide around the periphery. Yes, Green belt is already provided

in 4600 sq. m area.

Refer Figure 2.5 – Plant layout.

3 ZLD plan to be submitted. Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Sub-

section 2.11.2.

Model ToR prescribed by MoEF&CC

1 Executive summary of the project Included in initial pages of EIA

Report.

2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation

Noted.

NABET certificate is attached after

cover page of the EIA Report.

ii Information about the project proponent Chapter 1, Section 1.3

iii Importance and benefits of the project Chapter 1, Section 1.4, Sub-section

1.4.3

3 Project Description

i Cost of project and time of completion. Chapter 2, Section 2.5

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project. Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Sub-section

2.7.1

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with

capacities and whether adequate land is available for

expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Sub-section

2.7.1

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with

mode of transportation.


2.7.3

v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities

and storage capacities


2.7.3

EIA REPORT




vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their management.


vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply,

status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and contract)


viii Process description along with major equipments and

machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw

material to products to be provided


ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety

systems.


7.2.1.

x Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A

certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the

Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests

as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of

compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing

environmental clearances including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to

Operate for the ongoing/existing operation of the project

from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not Applicable.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under

the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA

Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate

(in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006,

CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB

shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the

conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Industry for its existing operation

obtained CTE vide letter no.

BO/RO-Nsk/PCI-I/946-07/E/CC-

329 dated 05.04.2007 after EIA

Notification, 2006. The industry did

not obtain Environmental

Clearance for its existing operation.

Maharashtra Pollution Control

Board under section 15 r.w. section

EIA REPORT




16 of the Environment Protection)

act, 1986, prosecuted the industry

+ 2 in The Court of J.M.F.C

Igatpuri, Dist. Nashik, R.C.C No.

158/2014 received dated

18.09.2014. The Honorable Order

passed the judgment on dated

17.11.2016 and there after the

industry obtained MPCB consent

order no.1.0/BO/AS(T)/TN-5504-

15/R/GEN-01682 dated,

12.02.2015 Court order attached as

an Annexure VI

4 Site Details

i Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State, Justification for selecting the site,

whether other sites were considered.

Chapter 2, Section 2.6 for Location

of the project site & Section 2.4 for

Justification for selecting the site.

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site

location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet.

(including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally

sensitive places)


iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Chapter 5, Section 5.2.

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Chapter 2, Section 2.6

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Chapter 2, Section 2.6

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed

unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area,

utilities etc. If located within an Industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating

location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.


2.6.1

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable)

plant site. If existing, show photographs of


2.6.2

EIA REPORT




plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site

(identified and acquired), government/ private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements,

etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)


2.6.1

ix A list of major industries with name and type within study

area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details

of the study area


2.6.2 for List of Industries within

study area.

Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.8 for

Land use of the study area.

x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the

study area shall be included.

Chapter 3, Section 3.4 , 3.5 & 3.6

xi Details of Drainage of the project upto 5 km radius of

study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major

river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as

flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of

the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site

and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be

provided. (mega green field projects)


xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete,

stage of the acquisition process and expected time of

complete possession of the land.

Land document attached as

Annexure I- Land Documents.

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state

Government policy.

Not Applicable.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i Permission and approval for the use of forest land

(forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the

State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable.

ii Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery

(GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in

Not Applicable.

EIA REPORT




case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I

forestry clearance along with latest status shall be

submitted.

Not Applicable.

iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National

Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory

Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall

submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project

location and the recommendations or comments of the

Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable. There are no any

National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory

Corridors of Wild Animals present

within 10 Km radius of the project

site.

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief

Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation

of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Not Applicable.

vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee

of the National Board for Wildlife.

Not Applicable.

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project

site and site-specific micrometeorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.


ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre

dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive

receptors including reserved forests.


iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all

stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification

of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98%

Raw data of all AAQ measurement

for 12 weeks of all stations are

given as Annexure X - Raw Data

EIA REPORT




values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all

AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the

EIA Report.

for Ambient Air Monitoring.

iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and

downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains

at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Chapter 3, Section 3.12, Sub-

section 3.12.2

v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river

identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable.

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall

be included.


section 3.12.1

vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study

area.


viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter 3, Section 3.13

ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of

vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic

due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic and endangered

species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.


xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3, Section 3.15

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants

from the stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the project is located on a

hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs

of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative


4.4.1

EIA REPORT




impact of all sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed.

Details of the model used and the input data used for

modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours

shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii Water Quality Modelling - in case of discharge in water

body.

Not Applicable.

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end

products on the surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard, options for

transport of raw materials and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport

or conveyor cum- rail transport shall be examined.


4.4.1

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant

operations, extent recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent

to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)

Rules.


section 2.11.2

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of

emissions to meet standards.


section 2.11.1

vi Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter 9, Section 9.5, Sub-section

9.5.1

vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage,

utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding

utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant

shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of

waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.


section 2.11.3 for details of

Hazardous waste generation & its

management.

Refer Chapter 9, Section 9.5, sub-

section 9.5.5 & 9.6.6 & Section 9.6,

sub-section 9.6.1, 9.6.2 & 9.6.3 for

EIA REPORT




recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

energy conservation, waste-

minimization & natural resource

conservation.

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly

Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.

Not applicable.

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 %

area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving

details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule

etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the

project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads

used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Chapter 9, Section 9.6, sub-section

9.6.4

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site

shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops

and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities at the project site to

conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement

from other sources.


xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall be

included.


6.3.2

xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall

be submitted.


6.3.1

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

Chapter 7, Section 7.2 and Section

7.3

8 Occupational health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health Chapter 6, Section 6.3, Sub-section

EIA REPORT




& safety of all contract and casual workers. 6.3.2

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of

worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre

designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry,

Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any

other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the same.

Details regarding last month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

Refer Annexure XV – Health status

of the workers

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What

are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are

within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not

within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to

keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be

preserved.


of the workers

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special

reference to Occupational Health and Safety.


of the workers

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

Yes. Annexure VIII- Environmental

policy

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard

operating process / procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.

Not applicable.

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of

the company to deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Not applicable.

EIA REPORT




iv Does the company have system of reporting of non

compliances / violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders

or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall

be detailed in the EIA report

Not applicable.

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour

force during construction as well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during Operation phase.


section 2.10.5

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC):

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be

earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio

economic development activities need to be elaborated

upon.

Not Applicable.

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the

project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of

Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the

case.

Not applicable.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of

above TOR.

Noted.

1.8. Structure of the Report

EIA report contains baseline data, project description and assessment of impacts and

preparation of Environmental Management Plan and Disaster Management Plan. The report is

organized in following eleven chapters:

EIA REPORT



Executive Summary

This chapter gives the Executive Summary of the EIA report.

Chapter 1: Introduction

This chapter describes objectives and methodology for EIA

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter gives a brief description of the location, approachability, amenities, layout and

utilities of the proposed project. This chapter also gives outline of status of completion of

construction activities as this is a proposed project.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents details of the baseline environmental status for microclimate, air quality,

noise, water quality, soil quality, flora, fauna, socio-economic status and traffic etc.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures

This chapter discusses the possible sources of pollution and environmental impacts due to the

project during construction and operation phases and suggests the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives

This chapter covers analysis of technology alternatives and site alternatives.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Plan

This chapter discusses the details about the environmental monitoring program during

construction and operation phases.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter covers the details of public hearing and Risk Assessment Studies for the

construction and operation phase, the safety precautions that are taken during construction

phase and Disaster Management Plan and Emergency Preparedness Plan onsite and offsite.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter presents the benefits from this project.

Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan

EIA REPORT



This chapter deals with the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed Project

and indicates measures proposed to minimize the likely impacts on the environment during

construction and operation phases and budgetary allocation for the same

Chapter 10: Conclusion

This chapter presents the conclusion made by the project proponent and developer.

Chapter 11: Disclosure of Consultant

This chapter presents the details of the consultant.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Introduction

This section of the report describes the features of the proposed project in detail to allow an

assessment of its environmental impact. A complete description is important to understand the

potential environmental implications of the initiative and accordingly addressing issues in an

appropriate manner. Description of the proposed expansion project components and activities

are presented together with the aspects during the construction and operation phase of the

project which are also important from the environmental perspective.

This chapter highlights the features of proposed bulk drug manufacturing plant with respect to

storage yard for storage of raw materials, utilities, infrastructure facilities and sources of waste

generation, their quantity, treatment and safe disposal of the waste.

2.2. Type of project

The project is neither an interlinked project nor an interdependent project. The proposed

project is an expansion of manufacturing capacity as well as addition of new products to the

existing manufacturing unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates. For the manufacturing of the new as

well as existing products, the existing plant, equipments and machinery will be utilized. There

will not be any addition of plant equipment and machinery to the existing facilities. The project

falls under category ‘A’, section 5(f) “Synthetic organic chemical industry” of EIA notification

2006 and subsequent amendments.

2.3. Need for the Project

This report highlights the details of the selected site, raw materials, availability of water, fuel

and electricity, features of the main plant equipment, environmental aspects, estimates of the

project cost and the schedule for the project implementation.

2.4. Justification of Project

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has been incorporated with main object to

manufacture Bulk Drugs & Intermediates which have a good export potential. The Expansion

unit is to start at, Nashik – Mumbai highway, A/p – Vadivarhe Nashik. The site is well

connected by roads and close to National Highway (NH-3), Railway station (Asvali, 4.32 km)

and Airport (18.6 km) at Nashik. The raw material required for this plant is easily available from

and within local markets of Maharashtra. Manpower required is easily available and which in

turn will generate employment. Products are primarily meant for export for which import and

EIA REPORT



export facilities are available in Maharashtra. Moreover this will result in revenue generation

and socio-economic upliftment through CSR activities.

2.5. Project Cost

Total Project Cost for proposed project activity is Rs. 3 crores.

2.6. Location of the Project site

Location: M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. Gut No. – 204, Nashik – Mumbai

highway, A/p – Vadivarhe, Tal. – Igatpuri, Dist. – Nashik – 422 403 (Maharashtra).

Coordinates: 190 50’ 51.82” N and 730 40’ 47.11” E

Figure 2.1 Project Location Map

EIA REPORT



Figure 2.2 Google Image of the project site

Co-ordinates of the project boundary:

Corners Co-ordinates

A 19° 50'51.69"N, 73°40'44.18"E

B 19° 50'51.74"N, 73°40'48.53"E

C 19° 50'48.78"N, 73°40'48.70"E

D 19° 50'48.04"N, 73°40'44.75"E

A B

C D

N

EIA REPORT



Figure 2.3 Google Image of the project site (200 & 500 m radius)

Figure 2.4 Google Image of the project site (5 & 10 Km radius)

EIA REPORT



2.6.1. Land requirement details

The expansion will be within the existing premises which are sufficient to accommodate the

proposed plan; hence no additional land is required to be acquired for this project. Total land

area of the plant is 12500 sq m. The total area requirements are given in the below table:

Table 2.1 Area Details

Sr. No. Particulars Area (Sq.m)

1. Main plant building (production area)

720

2. Raw material storage 330

3. Solvent Storage 78.03

4. Finished product storage 30

5. Boiler area 80

6. Chimney 0.73

7. Cooling tower 369.61

8. Road 2200

9. Transformer 69

10. Administration & lab 161.01

11. ETP 800

12. Hazardous waste storage area 40

13. Green area 4600

14. Open area 2004.19

15. Canteen + change room + utility stores 182.2

16. Reception 113.425

17. Security and toilet block 49.57

18. PCC panel 61.11

19. DG room 20

20. Pump room 16.12

21. Parking 250

22. Sheds 325

Total plot area 12500 sq.m

EIA REPORT



Plant Layout: The plant layout is given in below figure:

Figure 2.5 Plant Layout

EIA REPORT



2.6.1. Environmental Settings

Table 2.2 Environmental Settings of the Project Site

Sr.

No. Particulars Details

1 Elevation above MSL 637.0 m above Mean Sea Level

2 Climatic Conditions

(As per IMD)

Annual Mean Maximum Temperature : 32° C

Annual Mean Minimum Temperature : 22.7° C

Annual average Rainfall : 3413 mm

3 Nearest village Wadivahre (1.5 km, NNW )

4 Nearest Town/City Nashik city (20.0 km, NNE)

5 Nearest Fire Station

Cidco Fire Department – 17.25 Km, NNE

6 Nearest Water Body Mukane Dam (3.0 km) in SW direction

7 Ecologically sensitive zones within

10-km distance

No eco-sensitive areas are present within 10

km radius

8 Historical/ Archaeological places

Anjaneri fort (13.75 km) in NW

Trimbakeshwar Temple (17 Km) in NW

9 National Parks/Wild Life Sanctuary Not present within the 10 Km radius

10 List of major Industries within 10

Km

Parle Ltd., Delta finochem, Sequence biotech

Pvt. Ltd., Renfro Ltd.

11 Seismic Zone Zone - III

EIA REPORT



2.6.2. Site Photographs

2.7. Size or magnitude of operation

2.7.1. Products and Production Capacities

Proposed products for the new plant with capacity are shown in below table;

Table 2.3 Existing & Proposed Products and Production Capacities

Sr. No.

Product Name Existing

MT/M Proposed

MT/M Total MT/M

CAS No.

Group A - Orthoesters

1 Trimethyl ortho Propionate 0.2500 0.0000 0.2500 24823-81-2

2 Tributyl ortho Propionate 0.1000 0.0000 0.1000 62042-45-9

3 Trimethyl ortho Valerate 0.2000 0.0000 0.2000 13820-09-2

4 Trimethyl ortho Butyrate 0.0500 0.0000 0.0500 43083-12-1

5 Trimethyl ortho Benzoate 0.0500 0.0000 0.0500 707-07-3

6 Tributyl ortho Valerate 0.2500 0.0000 0.2500 62007-51-6

7 Trimethyl Orthoacetate 0.0000 0.0400 0.0400 1445-45-0

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.


MT/M Proposed

MT/M Total MT/M

CAS No.

Group B - Cosmetic Chemicals

8 Aloe Vera juice (Stabilised) 0.0000 8.3300 8.3300 8001-97-6

9 Lecithin powder 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 8002-43-5

10 Sodium Thioglycolate (powder) 0.1000 0.0000 0.1000 367-51-1

11 Calcium Thioglycolate (powder) 0.1000 0.0000 0.1000 814-71-1

12 Ammonium Thioglycolate (solution) 0.0000 0.0800 0.0800 5421-46-5

13 5-Bromo,5-Nitro,1:3 Dioxane 0.0000 0.0040 0.0040 30007-47-7

14 Brij (Wax) 3.0000 0.0000 3.0000 --

15 Hydol (Wax) 3.0000 0.0000 3.0000 --

16 Stereoamido propyl dimethyl amine

(wax) (SAPDMA) 3.0000 0.0000 3.0000

--

Group C - Indole Derivatives

17 Indole-3-methanol (Indole-3-carbinol) 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 700-06-1

18 Indole-3- carboxylic acid 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 771-50-6

19 Indole-5- carboxylic acid 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 1670-81-1

20 3-(Demethylaminomethyl)Indole

(Gramine) 0.0000 0.0008 0.0008 87-52-5

21 Indole-3-carboxaldehyde (Indole-3-

aldehyde) 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 487-89-8

22 3- Cyanoindole 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 5457-28-3

23 Heck Coupled Product 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 --

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.


MT/M Proposed

MT/M Total MT/M

CAS No.

Group D - Speciality Chemicals

24 Quinoline-6- Carboxylic acid 0.0000 0.0800 0.0800 10349-57-2

25 Di methyl Malonic acid 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 595-46-0

26 4-Chloro-3-Nitroanisole 0.0000 0.0800 0.0800 10298-80-3

27 1-Bromo-4-tert butyl benzene 0.5000 0.0000 0.5000 3972-65-4

28 Sodium Hippurate hydrate 0.0000 0.0800 0.0800 532-94-5

29 4-Morpholinoaniline 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 2524-67-6

30 N-Benzylglycine ethyl ester 0.0000 0.0400 0.0400 6436-90-4

31 6-Methoxyquinoline 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 5263-87-6

32 1-Bromo-2-methyl propane 0.0000 0.0040 0.0040 3017-69-4

33 Cheamide 0.0000 0.4100 0.4100 51072-34-5

34 L-Cystine disodium Salt 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 64704-23-0

35 Tert-Butoxy-bis (dimethyl

amino)methane (Bredereck”s reagent) 0.2000 0.1963 0.3963 5815-08-7

36 Propionyl chloride 0.0000 0.0400 0.0400 79-03-8

37 3-Aminophthalhydrazide sodium salt 0.0500 0.0000 0.0500 206658-90-4

38 Phenyl phosphate disodium salt 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 3279-54-7

39 3-Aminophthalhydrazide (Luminol) 0.2000 0.0000 0.2000 521-31-3

40 Chloro Atavaquinone 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 --

41 Immidazolyl acetic acid 0.0000 0.0082 0.0082 22889-10-2

42 4-Aminomorpholine 0.4000 0.0000 0.4000 4319-49-7

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.


MT/M Proposed

MT/M Total MT/M

CAS No.

43 2-Amino-4-HydroxyAcetophenone

Hydrochloride 0.0000 2.6600 2.6600 19745-72-3

44 Ethyl Atropate (EA) 0.5000 0.0000 0.5000 22286-82-4

45 N-N Dimethyl Formamide Dimethyl

Acetal (DMFDMA) 0.2000 0.0000 0.2000 4637-24-5

46 Ethyl-N-Dodecanoyl-L-Arginate

Hydrochloride 0.5000 0.0000 0.5000 36589-29-4

47 Misc. Chemicals in R & D Lab 0.2000 0.0000 0.2000 --

Group E - API

48 Methdilazine hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0400 0.0400 1229-35-2

49 Phenylepherin Hydrochloride (PPH) 0.0000 0.0400 0.0400 61-76-7

50 Adapalene 0.0000 0.0005 0.0005 106685-40-9

51 Tazarotene 0.0000 0.0020 0.0020 118292-40-3

52 Glimepiride 0.0000 0.0250 0.0250 93479-97-1

53 Telmisartan 0.0000 0.0500 0.0500 1440701-48-4

54 Rosuvastatin Calcium 0.0000 0.7500 0.7500 287714-41-4

55 Montelukast sodium 0.0000 0.0500 0.0500 158966-92-8

56 Olanzapine 0.0000 0.0500 0.0500 132539-06-1

57 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 0.0000 2.0000 2.0000 354812-41-2

58 Topiramate 0.0000 0.2500 0.2500 97240-79-4

59 Risperidone 0.0000 0.0500 0.0500 106266-06-2

60 Olopatadine hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0040 0.0040 113806-05-6

61 Escitalopram oxalate 0.0000 0.1000 0.1000 128196-01-0

62 Brimonidine tartrate 0.0000 0.0015 0.0015 59803-98-4

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.


MT/M Proposed

MT/M Total MT/M

CAS No.

63 Strontium ranelate 0.0000 0.1000 0.1000 135459-87-9

64 Nepafenac 0.0000 0.0008 0.0008 78281-72-8

65 Desloratidine 0.0000 0.2000 0.2000 100643-71-8

66 Olmesartan Medoxomil 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 144689-63-4

67 Nitazoxanide 0.0000 0.2500 0.2500 55981-09-4

68 Atorvastatin calcium 0.0000 2.0000 2.0000 134523-00-5

69 Bromfenac sodium 0.0000 0.0015 0.0015 91714-94-2

70 Febuxostat 0.0000 0.2500 0.2500 144060-53-7

71 Prasugrel hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0100 0.0100 150322-43-3

72 Alcaftadine 0.0000 0.0003 0.0003 147084-10-4

73 Cinacalcet hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 226256-56-0

74 Dapoxetine hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0250 0.0250 119356-77-3

75 Dimethyl Fumarate 0.0000 0.0100 0.0100 624-49-7

76 Losartan Potassium 0.0000 1.5000 1.5000 124750-99-8

77 Pitvastatin Calcium 0.0000 0.0050 0.0050 147511-69-1

78 Flavoxate hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0050 0.0050 15301-69-6

79 Flovoxamine Maleate 0.0000 0.0500 0.0500 54739-18-3

80 Timolol maleate 0.0000 0.0050 0.0050 26839-75-8

81 Ketoprofen 0.0000 0.4100 0.4100 22071-15-4

82 Clopidogrel Bisulfate 0.0000 0.0410 0.0410 113665-84-2

83 Tetrabenazine 0.0000 0.0100 0.0100 58-46-8

84 Agomelatine 0.0000 0.0100 0.0100 138112-76-2

85 Rupatadine Fumarate 0.0000 0.1000 0.1000 158876-82-5

86 Lymecycline 0.0000 0.2000 0.2000 992-21-2

87 Dexketoprofen trometamol 0.0000 1.0000 1.0000 22161-81-5

88 Trospium chloride 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 10405-02-4

89 Dronedarone hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0800 0.0800 141626-36-0

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.


MT/M Proposed

MT/M Total MT/M

CAS No.

90 Lurasidone hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0008 0.0008 367514-87-2

91 Milrinone 0.0000 0.0001 0.0001 78415-72-2

92 Pramipexole dihydrochloride 0.0000 0.0005 0.0005 104632-26-0

93 Pregabalin 0.0000 0.1000 0.1000 148553-50-8

94 Teriflunamide 0.0000 0.0050 0.0050 163451-81-8

95 Roflumilast 0.0000 0.0001 0.0001 162401-32-3

96 Solefenacin succinate 0.0000 0.0002 0.0002 242478-37-1

97 Tolperisone hydrochloride 0.0000 0.0080 0.0080 3644-61-9

98 Clonidine HCL 0.0000 0.0004 0.0004 4205-90-7

99 Darifenacin HBr 0.0000 0.0040 0.0040 133099-07-7

100 Doloxetine HCL 0.0000 0.0410 0.0410 136434-34-9

Total 12.8500 22.0180 34.8680 --

2.7.2. Details of By-products:

Table 2.4 Details of By-products

Sr. No.

By-product Existing,

MT/M Proposed,

MT/M Total, MT/M

Management

1. Hydro Bromic Acid

(30% Solution) 0.17 0.001 0.171 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

2. Ammonium Chloride 0.25 0.08 0.33 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

3. Acetone 0 10.00 10.00 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

4. Ethyl Acetate 0 18.64 18.64 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

5. Isopropyl Alcohol 0 40.00 40.00 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

6. Methanol 0 112.34 112.34 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

7. Methylene Dichloride 0 13.88 13.88 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

8. Acetic Acid (40%) 0 0.1 0.1 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

9. DAP (30%) 0 1.1 1.1 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

10. Aluminium Chloride

Solution 0 3 3 Reuse/Recycle/Sale in open market

Total 0.42 196.141 196.561 -

EIA REPORT



2.7.3. Raw Materials Requirement

List of raw materials required are given in below table:

Table 2.5 Raw Materials requirement

S.

No Product Raw Materials

Consumption

(MT) Source Transportation

Storage

Condition

1 Trimethyl Ortho

Propionate

Propionitrile 0.103

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

Methanol 0.17933 Road ways Tank

A HCL 0.0681 Road ways Cylinder

2 Tributyl Ortho

Propionate

Propionitrile 0.021 Road ways Drum

Methanol

(546 lit) 0.03697 Road ways Tank


Butanol 0.085 Road ways Drum

3 Trimethyl Ortho

Valerate

Valeronitrile 0.0102

Road ways Drum

Road ways

Tank

Methanol 0.11855


4 Tributyl Ortho

Valerate

Valeronitrite 0.072 Road ways Drum



Butanol 0.1925 Road ways Drum

5 Trimethyl Ortho

Butyrate

Butyronitrile 0.023 Road ways Drum



6 Trimethyl Ortho

Benzoate

Benzotrichloride 0.054 Road ways Drum


Sodium Hydroxide 0.03293 Road ways Bags

7

4-

Morpholinoanili

ne

4-Nitrobenzene 0.085 Road ways Drum

Morpholine 0.04728 Road ways Drum

Fe 0.01 Road ways Bag

HCl 0.025 Road ways HDPE

Drum


EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

8

Ethyl-N-

Dodecanoyl-L-

arginate Hydro

Chloride

L-Arginine free base 0.7 Road ways Drums

Denatured Ethyl

Alcohol 4 Road ways Drums

HCl Gas 0.657 Road ways Cylinders

Laurayl Chloride 0.933 Road ways Drums


Ethyl Acetate 4.667 /Lit Road ways Drums

Hyflosupercell 0.067 Road ways Bags

9 Ethyl Atropate Atropate Acid 1.48

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Ethyl Alcohol 1 Road ways Drums

10

3-

Aminopthalhydr

azide (Luminol)

(3APH)

3- Nitrophthalic Acid 0.238 Road ways Fiber Drum

Hydrazine 0.03658 Road ways M.S Drum


Sodium

Hydrosulphite 0.39887 Road ways MS Drum

11

3-

Aminophthalhy

drazide Sodium

Salt:-

Sodium Hydroxide 0.051 Road ways Bag

3-Nitropthalic Acid 0.053 Road ways Fiber Drum

Hydrazine 0.0085 Road ways M.S Drum

Sodium

Hydrosulphite 0.08738 Road ways M.S Drum

12 1-Bromo-4-tert

butyl Benzene

Tert Butyl benzene 0.315 Road ways Drum

Bromine 0.37512 Road ways Bottle

13

N-N–

DimethylForma

mide Dimethyl

Acetal

Dimethyl Formamide 0.99

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Dimethyl Sulphate 1.716 Road ways Drums

Sodium Methoxide

30 % 2.058 Road ways Drums

Methanol 1.44 Road ways Tanks

14

Tert-

ButhoxyBis(dim

ethyl

amino)Methane

Cyclohexane 1.092

Road ways Drums

Caustic Soda Flaks /


Dimethyl Amine 40% 2.66 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Dimethyl Sulphate 0.969 Road ways Drums

Potassium Tert.

Butoxide 1 Road ways Drums

Cyclohexane 2.43 Road ways Drums

Dimethyl

Formamide(DMF) 0.559 Road ways Drums

15 Briji Wax

Stearyl Stearate 0.63 Road ways Bags

Tegoamide 0.315 Road ways Bags

Methyl Paraben 0.055 Road ways Bags

16 Hydol Wax

Hard Paraffin 0.13 Road ways Bags

Cetostearyl Alcohol 0.654 Road ways Bags

Cetomacragol-1000 0.19 Road ways Bags

Brij 72 0.026 Road ways Bags

17

Sterioamide

propyl dimrthyl

amine

Arlacel-165 0.337 Road ways Drums

G. S. Amide 0.663 Road ways Drums

18

Sodium

Thioglycolate

(Powder):-

Thioglycolic Acid 0.081

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Sodium Hydroxide /

Caustic soda 0.03509 Road ways Bags

19

Calcium

Thioglycolate

(Powder):-

Calcium Hrdroxide 0.05651 Road ways Bags

Thioglycolic Acid 0.07 Road ways Drums

20 Misc Chemical

in R& D lab

As and when

Required ----

Road ways Drums

Road ways Drums

21 Quinoline-6-

Carboxylic Acid

4-Aminobenzoic acid 0.061 Road ways Drums

4-Nitrobenzoic acid 0.675 Road ways Drums

Glycerine 0.01665 Road ways Drum

Ferrous Sulphate 0.00281 Road ways Bags

Boric Acid 0.00803 Road ways Drums


50% HCl 0.008 Road ways Cylinder

Water 0.015 Road ways Tank

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

22 Dimethyl

Malonic Acid

Dimethyl ethyl

Cyanoacetate 0.011

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

NaOH (Sodium

Hydroxide) 0.0095 Road ways Bags


CaCl₂ 0.008 Road ways Drum

Ethyl Acetate 0.048 Road ways Drum

HCl 0.01 Road ways Cylinder

23 4-Chloro-3-

Nitroanisole

4-Amino-3-

nitroanisloe 0.15 Road ways Drums



NANO₂ 0.067 Road ways Drums



Charcoal 0.0075 Road ways Bags

24

Sodium

Hippurate

Hydrate

Hippuric acid 0.1 Road ways Drums

Sodium hydroxide 2.25 Road ways Bags


25

N-

Benzylglycine

Ethyl Ester:-

Hexane 0.00332

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

TEA 0.00051 Road ways Drum

Benzyl amine 0.00058 Road ways Drum

Ethyl bromoacetate 0.00084 Road ways HDPE

Carboy

26

6-

Methoxyquinoli

ne

Dynamite Glycerol 0.125 Road ways Drum

P- Anisidine 0.025 Road ways Bags

P- Nitro Anisole 0.0155 Road ways Bags

Sulphuric Acid 0.00572 Road ways Drum/Bags

Cyclohexane 0.687 Road ways Drum


Hydrochloric Acid 0.0988 Road ways HDPE

Carboy

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Sodium Nitrite 0.003 Road ways Bags

27

1-Bromo-2-

methyl

Propane:-

Tert. Butanol 0.15

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

Bromine 0.323 Road ways Bottle

Ethylene Glycol 0.19 Road ways Drum

Potassium Hydroxide 0.07331 Road ways Bags

28

Indole-3-

Methanol

(Indole-3-

Carbinol):-

Indole 3 aldehyde 0.007 Road ways Fiber Drum

methanol 0.03 Road ways Tank

Sodium borohydride 0.0012 Road ways M.S Drum

29 Indole-3-

Carboxylic Acid

Indole 3 Aldehyde 0.0005 Road ways Drums


hydroxylamine

Hydrochloride 0.00034 Road ways Bags

NaOH 0.0002 Road ways Bags

EDC 0.00145 Road ways Drum

Thionyl Chloride 0.00025 Road ways Drum

30 Indole-5-

Carboxylic Acid

5-Cynoindole 0.01 Road ways Drum

Water 0.1 Road ways Drum

KOH 0.02 Road ways Bags




31

3-

(Demethylamin

o methyl) Indole

(Gramine):-

Dimethyl amine 0.0017

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

Acetic Acid 0.00125 Road ways Carboy

Formaldehyde 0.00069 Road ways Drum

Indole 0.00094 Road ways Fiber Drum

KOH 0.0016 Road ways Bags

32 Trimethyl

Orthoacetate

Acetonitrile 0.002 Road ways Drum


HCl gas 0.00198 Road ways Cylinder

Hexane 0.005 Road ways Drum


EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

33 Cheamide

O-Xylene-Rm 0.03692 Road ways Drums

Cyclo Hexyl Ethyl

Amine HCL 0.028 Road ways Drum

4-Methoxy Phenyl

Acetic Acid 0.0325 Road ways Drum

4-Methoxy Phenyl

Acetic Acid 0.10091 Road ways Drum

34 L-Cystine

Disodium Salt

L - Cystine 0.001 Road ways Drums

Caustic Soda 0.00034 Road ways Bags

Methanol (6 lit) 0.00475 Road ways Tank

Purified Water 0.001 Road ways Tank

35

Methdilazine

Hydrochloride

(MD)

MD Stage-1

Domestic

market

Dimethyl Itaconate 0.001 Road ways Drums

Methanol (1.05 lit) 0.000831 Road ways Tank

40 % MMA Solution 0.0005 Road ways Drums

MD Stage-2

MD Stage - 1 0.001 Road ways Drums

Lithium Aluminium

Hydride 0.000253 Road ways Drums

Caustic soda 0.000045 Road ways Bags

Tetra Hydrofuran ( 8

lit) 0.007104 Road ways Drums

MD Stage-3

MD Stage -2 0.001 Road ways Drums

Chloroform 0.004467 Road ways Drums


Thionyl chloride ( 1

lit) 0.00164 Road ways Drums

Charcoal (Darco G -

60) 0.00008 Road ways Bags

Indiflo filter AID

(Hyflow) 0.0005 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Toluene ( 4 lit) 0.003468 Road ways Drums

Methdilazine

Hydrochloride

(MD)

MD Stage-5

MD Stage - 3 0.001 Domestic

market

Road ways HDPE

Carboy

Tetrahydrofuran ( 5

lit) 0.00444 Road ways Drum

Sodium Hydride 0.000375

Import/

Domestic

market

By Sea MS Drum

Phenothiazine 0.001355

Domestic

market

Road ways Fiber Drum

Toluene (28.32 lit) 0.02455 Road ways Drum

Sodium chloride 0.00325 Road ways Bags

Citric Acid 0.00192 Road ways Bags


Hexane (16 lit) 0.01048 Road ways Drum

Charcoal (Darco G -

60) 0.00012 Road ways Bags

Alumina Basic 0.00112 Road ways Fiber Drum

Indiflo (Hyflow) 0.001 Road ways Bags

MD Stage-5

MD Stage - 5 Base 0.001 Road ways HDPE

Drum

Ethylene Di-Chloride

(EDC) (4 lit) 0.005 Road ways Drum

Tetra hydrofuran (0.6

lit) 0.000532 Road ways Drum

AHCL gas (AHCL) 0.000142 Road ways Cylinder

Hexane (1.2 lit) 0.000786 Road ways Drum

36

Indole-3-

Carboxaldehyd

e (Indole-3-

Aldehyde):-

DMF 0.0288

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

POCl₃ 0.0086 Road ways HDPE

Carboy

Indole 0.01 Road ways Fiber Drum

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

NAOH 0.0375 Road ways Bags

Water 0.1 Road ways Drum

37 3-Cyanoindole

Indole 3 aldehyde 0.01 Road ways HDPE

Drum

EDC 0.06 Road ways Drum

Thionyl Chloride 0.01 Road ways Drum

38 Propionyl

Chloride

Propionic Acid 0.001

D

omestic

market

Road ways Drums

Thionylchloride 0.0015 Road ways Drums

39

Phenyl

Phosphate

Disodium Salt

Phenol 0.00001 Road ways Drum

Cyclohexane 0.0074 Road ways Drum

Phosporus

Oxychloride 0.00221 Road ways

HDPE

Carboy

Pyridine 0.009 Road ways HDPE

Carboy

Isopropyl Ether 0.022 Road ways Drum

Isopropyl Alcohol 0.044 Road ways Tank


Acetone 0.2 Road ways Drum


40 Aloe Vera Juice

Aloe Vera Juice (RM) 0.5 Road ways Drum

Methyl Paraben 0.00025 Road ways Tank

Propyl Paraben 0.00003 Road ways Tank

Sodium benzoate 0.00025 Road ways Drum

Sorbic Acid 0.00025 Road ways Drum

Sodium Hydroxide

(Caustic Soda) 0.00002 Road ways Bags

D M Water 0.0055 Road ways Tank

41 Lecithin Powder Lecithin Powder 0.01

Domestic

Market

Road ways Bags


42

Ammonium

Thioglycolate

(Solution)

Ammonium Solⁿ. 0.03 Road ways Drum

Thioglycolic Acid 0.0207 Road ways Carboy

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

43 5-Bromo 5-Nitro

1, 3 Dioxane:-

Bromophenol 0.01 Road ways Drum

Paraformaldehyde 0.00168 Road ways Drum

EDC 0.025 Road ways Tank

Purified Water 0.00832 Road ways Tank



Sodium Sulphate 0.005 Road ways Bags

44

Phenylepherin

Hydrochloride

(PPH)

Alpha-Methy Amino-

M-Hydroxy

Acetohenoe

0.075

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

ISO Propyl Alcohol 0.1854 Road ways Drum

Hyflo Supercell 0.00833 Road ways Drum

CDX 004 Optimized

Enzyme I 0.0006 Road ways Drum

NADP , Monosodium

Salt II (30 gm) 0.03 Road ways Drum

Liquid Ammonia 0.04553 Road ways Bottle

AHCL Gas 0.00978 Road ways Cylinder

Charcoal / Activated

Carbon 0.00222 Road ways Bags


Ethyl Acetate 0.34038 Road ways Bags

Purified water 0.397 Road ways Tank

45 Chloro

Atavaquinone

A T Acid 0.1

Domestic

market

Road ways Fiber Drum

Sulfolane 0.4032 Road ways Drum


2-

Chloronaphthoquion

e

0.1 Road ways Fiber Drum

Silver Nitrate 0.0188 Road ways HDPE

Carboy

Ammonium 0.24 Road ways Bags

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Persulphate

Methylene Chloride

(MDC) 0.99 Road ways Drum

Hyflosuper cell 0.01 Road ways Bags

Sulphuric Acid 0.35 Road ways Carboy


MDC 13 Road ways Drum

EDTA Disodium Salt 0.006 Road ways Bags

Purified Water 2.08 Road ways Drum

46 Immidazolyl

Acetic Acid

Immidazole 0.0215

Road ways HDPE

Carboy Potassium

Carbonate 0.05075

Road ways Bags

Ethyl Chloroacetate 0.04644 Road ways HDPE

Carboy


MDC 0.215 Road ways Drum

Toluene 0.1275 Road ways Drum


Acetic Acid 0.00213 Road ways HDPE

Carboys


47

2-Amino-4-

Hydroxy

Acetophenone

Hydrochloride

Amino acetonitrile

HCL 0.000628

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

Alluminium Chloride 0.002198 Road ways Drum

Nitromethane 0.001416 Road ways Drum


IPA 0.0047 Road ways Drum

Liq. Ammonia 0.32 Road ways Drum

HCl Gas 0.00032 Road ways Cylinder

HCL (36%) 0.00188 Road ways Drum


NaOH Solⁿ. 31% 0.00026 Road ways Drum

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

48 Adapalene

1-adamentanol 0.0135 Imported

market By Sea Drum

P-bromo phenol 0.01536 Imported

market By Sea Drum

Sulphuric acid 0.00822

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

MDC 0.6936 Road ways Drum

Sodium bi-carbonate 0.0162 Road ways Bags



Dimethyl Sulfate 0.015 Road ways Drum


DMF 0.135 Road ways Drum

2-methyl 6-bromo

napthoate 0.00786

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

Magnesium turning 0.0024 Road ways Drum

THF 1.308 Road ways Drum

Zinc chloride 0.00762 Road ways Drum

Sodium hydrosulfite 0.00156 Road ways Drum

Toluene 0.06498 Road ways Drum


Conc. HCL (CP) 0.05616 Road ways Carboy

Ethyl acetate 0.06 Road ways Drum

49 Tazarotene-

6-ethynyl-4,4-

dimethylthiochroman

e

0.25 Road ways Drum

Ethyl 6-

chloronicotinate 0.5 Road ways Drum

Dimethyl sulfoxide 2.5 Road ways Drum

Palladium crloride 35.75 Road ways Drum

Triphenyl Phospine 34.25 Road ways Drum

Cuprous iodide 2.25 Road ways Bottle

Triethyl amine 59 Road ways Drum

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition


Ethyl acetate HCL

(5%) 357.5 Road ways Drum

NaHco3 51.75 Road ways Drum


50 Glimepride-

N-(4-[2-3-ethyl-

4methyl-2-oxo-3-

pyrroline-1-

carboxamide-ethyl)-

benzene sulfonamide

0.399

Domestic

market

Road ways Drum

Trans-4-methyl-

cyclohexyl isocynate 0.21 Road ways Drum

Potassium

Carbonate 0.375 Road ways Bags


Con.Hydrochloric

acid 1.992 Road ways Drum


51 Telmisartan

methyl 4'-((1,7'-

dimethyl-2'-propyl-

1H,3'H-2,5'-

bibenzo[d]imidazol-

3'-yl)methyl)biphenyl-

2-carboxylate

0.798 Road ways Bags

Potassium hydroxide 0.336 Road ways Drums


Conc. HCL (Com.) 0.54 Road ways Drums

Acetic acid 1.596 Road ways HDPE

Carboys

Ammonia solution

(50%) 0.144 Road ways Drums

Activated charcoal 0.0318 Road ways Bags

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition


Carboys

52 Rosuvastatin

Calcium-

Tert-butyl 2-((4R,6S)-

6-formyl-2,2-

dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-

4-yl)acetate

10.8 Import/

Market By Sea Drums

N-[5-(bromomethyl)-

4-(4-fluoro phenyl)-6-

isopropyl pyrimidin-2-

yl]-N-methyl methane

sulfonamide.TPP salt

28.08

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

Potassium carbonate 8.64 Road ways Bags

Dimethylsulphoxide 97.2 Road ways Drums

Toluene 183.6 Road ways Drums


Methanol 108 Road ways Tank

Acetonitrile 323.1 Road ways Drums

Hydrochloric acid 2.385 Road ways Drums


Mono Methyl amine

solution (40%) 2.61 Road ways Drums

Calcium chloride

dihydrate 2.412 Road ways Bags

53 Montelukast

Sodium-

Diol Intermediate 1.2 Road ways Drums

Mesy1 Chloride 0.33 Road ways Drums

DIPEA 0.54 Road ways Drums

MDC 9.12 Road ways Drums

Mercapto

Intermediate 0.462 Road ways Drums

Dimethyl Sulphoxide 3.84 Domestic

Market

Road ways Bags

25% Sodium

Methoxide solution in 1.356 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

methanol

Aqueous 40%



Acetic Acid Solution

12.8 % 0.06 Road ways

HDPE

Carboys

Hexanes 8.4 Road ways Drums

N,N

Dicyclohexylamine 0.474 Road ways Drums

Ethylacetate 2.712 Road ways Drums

Petether 9672 Road ways Drums

Acetic anhydride 0.012 Road ways Drums

Triethylamine 0.012 Road ways Drums

Activated Charcoal 0.006 Road ways Bags

IPA.HCl(13%) 0.084 Road ways Drums

Acetone 1.14 Road ways Drums

DCHA 0.996 Road ways Drums

L(+) tartaric acid 0.498 Road ways Bags


Sodium methoxide 0.078 Road ways Bags

54 Olanzapine-

2-METHYL 4-

PIPERAZINE 1-YL-

10-H-THIENO

[2,3,6][1,5]

BENZEDIAPINE

0.75

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums




Sulphuric acid 0.006 Road ways Drums


55 Moxifloxacin

Hydrochloride- Nonane 8.64

Imported

Market By Sea Drum

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Gati ester 30.72

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

Methylene dichloride 88.08 Road ways Drums

TEA 8.64 Road ways Drums

Hydrochloric acid

(CP ) 17.64 Road ways Drums

IPA 79.44 Road ways Drums



Conc HCl 1.44 Road ways Drums

Acetone 30 Road ways Drums

56 Topiramate

(3as,5ar,8bs)-

2,2,7,7-Tetrametyhyl

Tetrahydro-3ah-

Bis[1,3]Dioxolo[4,5-

B:4,5' -D]Pryan [-3a-

Yl] Methanol

4.98 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

Isopropyl alcohol 0.06

Domestic

Market

Road ways Tank

Thionyl chloride 0.06 Road ways Drums

Aqueous ammonia 0.06 Road ways Drums


Isopropyl alcohol 166.5 Road ways Tank

57 Risperidone -

6-Fluoro-3-(4-

piperidinyl)-1,2-

benzisoxazole

hydrochloride

0.408 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

3-(2-chloroethyl)-2-

methyl-6,7,8,9-

tetrahydro-4H-

pyrido[1,2-

a]pyrimidin-4-one

HCl

0.462 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

Sodium hydroxide 0.198 Domestic Road ways Bags

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

TBAB 0.012 Market Road ways Drums




Dimethyl sulfoxide 7.5 Road ways Drums

Ethyl acetate 0.75 Road ways Drums

58 Olopatadinie

Hydrochloride

(11-oxo-6,11-

dihydrodibenzo[b,e]

oxepin-2-yl)acetic

acid

0.04165 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

3-

(brooms(triphosphor

any)-N,N-

dimethylpropan-1-

amine.HBr

0.23725 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

THF 0.708

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

n-BuLi (15% in

Hexane) 0.5955 Road ways Drums

Di Isopropyl ether 0.333 Road ways Drums


p-tolune sulfonic acid 0.04165 Road ways Drums



Con HCl 0.05 Road ways Drums

59 Escitalopram

Oxalate-

Cyano diol base 6.648 Road ways Drums

Dipara toluyl d-

tartaric acid 2.16 Road ways Drums


Tolune 0.54 Road ways Drums


Carboys

Aq ammonia 3.264 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition


Triethyl amine 2.424 Road ways Drums

Methane sulphonyl

chloride 2.76 Road ways Drums


oxalic acid 1.128 Road ways Drums

60 Brimonidine

Tartrate

6-amino 5 bromo

quinoxaline 0.02682

Imported

Market By Sea Drums

Benzoyl Chloride 120.024

Domestic

Market

Road ways Bottles

Ammonium thio

cyanate 0.0072 Road ways Bags




Bromobenzene 0.2682 Road ways Drums

Ethylene diamine 0.02268 Road ways Drums

Ethanol 0.18792 Road ways Drums

L(+) Tartaric acid 0.009 Road ways Bags



61 Strontium

Ranelate -

1,3acetone

dicarboxylic acid me

ester

0.7992 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

Malononitrile 0.28788

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

Morpholine 379.8 Road ways Drums

Sulphur 0.138 Road ways Drum




Ethyl chloroacetate 1.092 Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums


Aliquat-336 0.024 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Potassium iodide 0.036 Road ways Bottles


Strontium Hydroxide 1.476 Road ways Drums

62 Nepafenac -

2-Amino

benzophenone 0.0453 Road ways Drums

Methyl thioacetamide 0.0362 Road ways Drums

t-Butylhypo chloride 0.0274 Road ways Drums



Ethylkacetate 0.679 Road ways Drums

Raney Nickel 0.1903 Road ways Drums

Tetrahydrofuran 1.1328 Road ways Drums


63 Desloratadine

Loratadine 3.4272 Road ways Drums




64 Olmesartan

Medoxomil

Trityl Olmesartan 0.181 Import

Market By Sea Drums

Acetic acid 0.618

Domestic

Market

Road ways HDPE

Carboys


Activatec charcoal 0.009 Road ways Bags


65 Nitazoxanide

Asiprin 4.56 Road ways Drum

DMF 0.09 Road ways Drums

SOCI2 3.3 Road ways Drums

MDC 12 Road ways Drums

Nitro Comp 2.4 Import

Market By Sea Drums

TEA 2.07 Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

Ethyl acatate 99.9 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

+charcoal 0.09 Road ways Bags

66 Atorvastatin

Calcium

(4R-Cis)-6-[2-(3-

phenyl)-4-

carbamoyl)-2-(4-

fluorophenyl)-5-(1-

methyl ethyl)-pyrrol-

1-yl]-ethyl]-2,2d--

dimethyl-

[1,3]dioxane-4-yl-

acetic acid-t-butyl

ester

30 Road ways Drums


Hydrochloric acid 6.48 Road ways Drums


n-Heptane 6.96 Road ways Drums

MTBE 18.72

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums


Calcium chloride


67 Bromfenac

Sodium

2-Amino-4-

bromobenzophenone 0.045

Import

Market By Sea Drums

Ethyl-α-

(methylthio)acetate 0.03276

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

t-Butyl hypochlorite 0.02646 Road ways Drums




THF 4.5 Road ways Drums





EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition


DIPE 1.1844 Road ways Drums

68 Febuxostat

2-(3-cyano-4-

isobutoxyphenyl)-4-

methylthiazole-5-

carboxylic acid ethyl

ester

3.75 Import

Market By Sea Drums

Lithium hydride 0.75

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums


THF 15 Road ways Drums


IPA 6 Road ways Drums

69 Prasugrel

Hydrochloride

2-bromo-1-

cyclopropyl-2-(2-

fluorophenyl)ethanon

e

0.0025 Imported

market By Sea Drums

5,6,7,7a-

tetrahydrothieno[3,2-

c]pyridin-2(4H)-one

HCl

0.00177 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Acetonitrile 0.0075

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums




Acetic anhydride 0.00115 Road ways Drums



70 Alcaftadine-

6,11-dihydro-11-(4-

piperidinyl)-5H-

imidazo-[2,1-

b][3]benzazepine (e)-

2-butenedioate(1:2)

0.04 Imported

market By Sea Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Methylene dichloride 0.32

Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums


Paraformaldehyde 0.00812 Road ways Drums

thiophene 0.00064 Road ways


Palladium carbon 0.00784 Road ways Drums

Formaldehyde

solution (37-41%) 0.06 Road ways Drums

Acetic Acid 0.0076

Domestic

Market

Road ways HDPE

Carboys

Sodium acetate 0.01056 Road ways Drums

Ammonia 0.014 Road ways Drums

Chloroform 0.2 Road ways Drums

Manganese dioxide 0.06 Road ways Drums

Methyl ethyl ketone 0.06 Road ways Drums

71 Cinacalcet

Hydrochloride

3- 3-

(trifluoromethyl)phen

yl propionaldehyde

0.202 Imported

Market By Sea Drums

(R)- (+)-1-(1-

Naphthyl)ethylamine 0.136

Imported

Market By Sea Drums


Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

Sodium Borohydride 0.028 Road ways Drums



Water 2.8 Road ways Drums

Dilute HCl 0.12 Road ways Drums

Ethyl acetate 2 Road ways Drums

72 Dapoxetine

Hydrochloride-

Sodium bi carbonate 0.222 Road ways Drums

Conc. HCl 0.366 Road ways Drums

Pet Ether 0.312 Road ways Drums

Sodium Sulfate 5.187 Road ways Drums

S-methyl 0.111 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

oxazaboralidine

BDMS 0.252 Road ways Drums

Dapoxetine

Hydrochloride-

Methanol 0.147

Domestic

market

Road ways Tank

Hydrogen Peroxide 0.072 Road ways Drums

Sulfuric acid 0.042 Road ways Drums

Sodium Sulfate 0.123 Road ways Bags

α-naphthol 0.258 Road ways Drums


DMSO 1.77 Road ways Drums





Di-methyl amino

pyridine 0.177 Road ways Drums

Methane sulfonyl

chloride 0.261 Road ways Drums

Di-methyl amine

solution 0.426 Road ways Drums


Hyflow 0.189 Road ways Bags

Ethyl Acetate HCl 0.114 Road ways Drums

Ethyl Acetate 0.51 Road ways Drums

73 Dimethyl

Fumarate

Fumaric Acid 0.12 Domestic

Market

Road ways Drums

Sulphuric acid 0.0264 Road ways Drums


74 Losartan

Potassium

2-butyl-4-chloro-1-[p-

(o-1H-tetrazol-

5ylphenyl)

benzyl]imidazole-5-

methanol

19.98 Imported

market By Sea Carboy

Methanol 99 Domestic Road ways Tank

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Potassium Hydroxide 2.88 Market Road ways Bags


Acetone 63 Road ways Drums

75 Pitvastatin

Calcium

Ter-butyl 2-((4R, 6S)-

6-((E)-2-(2-

cyclopropyl-4-(4-

flurophenyl) quinolin-

3-yl) vinyl-2, 2-

dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-

4-yl)acetate

0.0708 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Methanol 0.36

Domestic

Market

Road ways Tank

Conc.HCl 0.0402 Road ways Drums



Disiopropyl ether 0.354 Road ways Drums

Cyclohexane 0.354 Road ways Drums


Calcium Chloride


76 Flavoxate

Hydrochloride

3-methylflavone-8-

Carboxylic acid 0.0504

Imported

market By Sea Drums

Methylene Dichloride 0.3

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

dicyclohexyl

carbadiimide(DCC) 0.0426 Road ways Drums

1-(2-hydroxy ethyl )

piperidine 0.0258 Road ways Drums

4-dimethyl amino

pyridine(4-DMAP) 0.003 Road ways Drums



N-Butanol 0.84 Road ways Drums

IPA HCl 0.0564 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition



77 Flovoxamine

Maleate

3- 3-

(trifluoromethyl)phen

yl propionaldehyde

1.212 Imported

market

By Sea Drums

(R)- (+)-1-(1-

Naphthyl)ethylamine 0.816 By Sea Drums


Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Sodium Borohydride 0.168 Road ways Bags




Dilute HCl 0.72 Road ways Drums

Ethyl acetate 12 Road ways Drums

78 Timolol

Maleate-

4-(4-(((5S)-3-tert-

butyl-2-

phenyloxazolidin-5-

yl) methoxy)-1, 2, 5-

thiadiazol-3-yl)

Morpholine

0.0666 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Toluene 0.15

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums






Maleic Acid 0.0288 Road ways Drums


79 Ketoprofen-

3- (1-cyanoethyl)

benzoic acid 7.5

Imported

market By Sea Drums

Ethylene dichloride 46 Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Thionylchloride 10 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Ethylene dichloride 32.5 Road ways Drums

Aluminium chloride 11 Road ways Bags

Cyclohexane 10 Road ways Drums

Conc.HCl 6 Road ways Drums

Sulfuric acid (95%) 44.5 Road ways Drums


80 Clopidogrel

Bisulfate-

Couple amine HCl 6.4

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Sulfuric acid 5.55 Road ways Drums

Paraformaldehyde 0.65 Road ways Drums


Fumaric Acid 31.7 Road ways Drums

Ethyl Acetate 30 Road ways Drums

81 Tetrabenazine-

6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-

dihydroisoquinoline. 0.666

Imported

market By Sea Drums

3-

((Dimethylamino)met

hyl)-5-methylhexane-

2-one iodomethane

1.34 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Reducer 5.2

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Methyl tert-butyl

ether 20.2 Road ways Drums



82 Agomelatine

2-(7-

methoxynaphthalen-

1-yl)acetonitrile

0.266 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Liquor Ammonia 1.334

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums


Hydrogen Gas 0.2 Road ways Cylinder


Acetic Anhydride 0.202 Road ways Drums


EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition


83 Rupatadine

Fumarate

Desloratadine 1.332 Domestic

market Road ways Drums

3-(Chloromethyl)-5-

methylpyridine

hydrochloride

1.524 Imported

market By Sea Drums

TBAB 0.156

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums



Noritt charcoal 0.264 Road ways Bags

Disiopropyl ether 28.8 Road ways Drums

Fumaric acid 0.408 Road ways Drums



84 Lymecycline

Tetracycline HCl 2.4 Road ways Drums

Tetrahydrofuran 12 Road ways Drums


L-lysine HCl 0.864 Road ways Drums

Formaldehyde 0.528 Road ways Drums

Isopropanol 74.4 Road ways Drums


Liq ammonia 0.504 Road ways Drums


85 Dexketoprofen

Trometamol-

Ketoprofen 26.64

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

N-octyl-D-Glucamine 21.48 Road ways Drums

Toluene 420 Road ways Drums



Ethyl Acetate 156 Road ways Drums


Tri Buffer 4.08 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

86 Trospium

Chloride-

3-(2-hydroxy-2,2-

diphenylacetoxy)spir

o[bicycle

3,2,1]octane-8,1-

pyrrolidin]-1-

ionchloride

0.105 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Methanol 1.05 Domestic

market

Road ways Tank



87 Dronedarone

Hydrochloride

2-Butyl-5-

nitrobenzofuran-3-yl)

(4-

hydroxyphenyl)meth

anone

1.17 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Acetonitrile 3.5

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Potassium


N-Butyl-N-(3-

chloropropyl) butan-

1-amine

0.74 Road ways Drums




Oxalic acid

dehydrade 0.91 Road ways Drums

Methylene dichloride 12 Road ways Drums

Aqueous ammonia 1.02 Road ways Drums

Methane

sulfonylchloride 1.09 Road ways Drums


Isopropyl alcohol.

HCL 1.57 Road ways Tank

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Methyl Ethyl ketone 19.38 Road ways Drums


88 Lurasidone

Hydrochloride

3-(piperazin-1-

yl)benzo[d]isothiazol

e

0.0544 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Acetonitrile 0.0326 Domestic

market

Road ways Drums


(1R,2R)-

cyclohexane-1,2-

diylbis(methylene)

0.0385 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Sodium Carbonate 0.0584

Domestic

market

Road ways Bags

bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane

-2-exo-3-exo-

dicarboximide

0.0339 Road ways Bags

18-Crown-6-ether 0.0002 Road ways Bags


Potassium



IPA. HCl 0.0089 Road ways Drums

89 Milrinone

1-ethoxy-2-(4-

pyridinyl)ethenyl

methyl ketone

0.00222

Domestic

Market

Road ways HDPE

Drum

Malononitrile 0.00154 Road ways HDPE

Drum


Methylene Chloride 0.01112 Road ways MS Drum

Acetone 0.00324 Road ways MS Drum

90 Pramipexole

Dihydrochloride

(S)-4,5,6,7-

tetrahydrobenzo[d]thi

azole-2,6-diamine

0.00738 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Methanol 0.0222 Domestic Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

market

Propionaldehyde 0.00294

Sodium borohydride 0.00168

Domestic

market

Road ways Bags



Sodium Hydroxide 0.00444 Road ways Drums

Acetonitrile 0.018 Road ways Bags

Isopropyl Alcohol 0.02334 Road ways Tank

IPA HCl 0.00264 Road ways Drums

91 Pregabaline

3R)-3(2-amino

oxoethyl)-5-methyl

hexanoic acid

1.44 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Sodium hypo

chloride 0.12

Domestic

market

Road ways Bags


Carboys

92 Teriflunamide

5-methyl-N-(4-

(trifluoromethyl)

phenyl) isoxazole-4-

carboxamide

0.0666 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Methanol 1.1046 Domestic

market

Road ways Tank



93 Roflumilast

3-(cyclopropyl

methoxy)-4-

(difluoromethoxy)ben

zoic acid

0.004 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Thionyl chloride 0.0076

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums

Dimethyl formamide 0.0016 Road ways Drums


3,5-dichloro-4-

pyridinamine 0.0032 Road ways Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition


Sodium Hydride 0.004 Road ways Bags






94 Solefenacin

succinate

S)-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-

tetrahydroisoquinolin

e

0.00321 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Ethyl chloroformate 0.00219

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums


Di HCl 0.0015 Road ways Drums

Sodium Bi carbonate 0.0015 Road ways Bags

R-quiniquinidol 0.0012 Road ways Drums

N, N-

dimethylformamide 0.00321 Road ways Drums


Sodium hydride

(60%) 0.00009 Road ways Bags


Sodium Chloride 0.006 Road ways Bags

Conc. HCl 0.0015 Road ways Drums




Succinic acid 0.00105 Road ways Drums


95 Tolperisone

Hydrochloride

Piperidine 0.069 Road ways Drums




EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

4'-Methyl

propiophenone 0.074

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums



1,3 Dioxolane 0.119 Road ways Drums


96 Clonidine HCL-

1,4 dichlorobenzene 0.00555 Road ways Drums

Benzoyl Chloride 0.0052 Road ways Drums

Ammonium thio

cyanate 0.003 Road ways Bottles


Sodium Hydroxide 0.00425 Road ways Drums

Conc. HCL 0.01335 Road ways Drums


Ethylenediamine 0.00245 Road ways Drums

97 Darifenacin

HBr-

3-(S)-(-)-(1-

carbamoyl-1,1-

diphenylmethyl)

pyrrolidine

0.15 Imported

market By Sea Drums

Potassium

Carbonate 0.485

Domestic

market

Road ways Bags

Acetonitrile 1.5 Road ways Drums

Aq. HBr 0.06 Road ways Drums


Potassium

Carbonate 0.025 Road ways Drums


Aqs. HBr 0.02 Road ways Drums

98 Doloxetine

HCL-

(S)-N,N-dimethyl-3-

(naphthalene-1-

yloxy)-3-(thiophen-2-

yl)propan-1-amine

0.685 Imported

market By Sea Drums

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

oxalate

Sodium Hydroxide 3.44

Domestic

market

Road ways Drums


Phenyl chloroform

ate 0.45 Road ways Drums

Di isopropyl ethyl

amine 0.49 Road ways Drums

Sodium Bicarbonate 0.05 Road ways Bags

Sodium Chloride 1.54 Road ways Bags

Dimethyl Sulfoxide

(DMSO) 6.59 Road ways Drums


Carboys

n- Heptane 10.275 Road ways Drums

Sodium sulphate 1.37 Road ways Bags



Con. Hydrochloric

acid 0.035 Road ways Drums

Hyflow 0.34 Road ways Bags

99 Heck Coupled

Product

Heck coupled Stage I

Domestic

Market

2 Chloro Ethane

Sulfonyl Chloride 0.01875 Road ways

HDPE

Carboys

Dimethyl

Formamide(DMF)

(69 lit) 0.06548

Road ways Drum

Quinol 0.00013 Road ways Bottle

Mono Methyl Amine

Gas 0.01065 Road ways Cylinder

Acetone (60 lit) 0.0471 Road ways Drum

Heck coupled Stage Final

EIA REPORT



S.


Consumption


Storage

Condition

Heck Coupled Stage

I 0.0019 Road ways

HDPE

Carboys

Dimenthyl

Formamide (DMF)

(14.81 lit) 0.01405

Road ways Drum

5 –Bromo Indole 0.00247 Road ways Fiber Drum

Tri-O-Tolyl

Phosphine 0.00067 Road ways Fiber Drum

Tri – Ethyl Amine 0.00126 Road ways Drum


Methylene Chloride

(MDC) 0.00821 Road ways Drum

Palladium Acetate 0.00011 Road ways Bottle


Purified Water 0.0019 Road ways Drum

100

4-

Aminomorpholi

ne

4-Nitrosomorpholine 0.455 Road ways Drum

Hydrogen 0.00783 Road ways -

2.8. Proposed schedule for Approval and Implementation

In order to control and regulate the development of chemical project, a legal framework has

been developed by Govt. of India. Accordingly, several clearances and approvals shall be

required to be obtained from different Government and Statutory Agencies at various

stages of development and operation at phase of the project. Indicative list of Approvals

/Clearances to be obtained from Govt. Authorities for this project are as below:

1. Clearance for air and water pollution : MPCB

2. Water availability and use :Tankers

3. Boiler pressure parts : Chief Inspector of Boiler

4. Plant Installation : Factory Inspectorate

5. Electricity Installation : Electrical Inspectorate

6. Construction Labour : Labour Commissioner

EIA REPORT



2.9. Manufacturing Process

1. Trimethyl Ortho Propionate:

Chemical Reaction

Manufacturing process:

When Propionitrile, methanol and HCl are treated with each other and further reflux with

methanol, they form trimethyl ortho propionate.

EIA REPORT



Process Flow diagram:

I. Propionitrile - 160 Kg

II. Hexane – 600lit

III. Methanol - 472 lit

IV. HCl gas - 130 to 134

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



2. Tributyl Ortho Propionate

Manufacturing Process:

When propionitrile, methanol and HCl are treated with each other and further reflux with

methanol, they form trimethyl ortho propionate which further reflux with butanol to give tributyl

ortho propionate.

Process Flow Diagram:

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



3. Trimethyl Ortho Valerate

Chemical Reaction


Valeronitrile, methanol andHydrochloric acid are reacted to form hydrochloridewhich further

reflux with methanol gives Trimethyl Ortho Valerate.


V. Valeronitrile - 160 Kg

VI. Hexane - 935 lit

VII. Hexane - 935 lit

VIII. HCl gas - 77.5 to 79

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

4. Trimethyl Ortho Butyrate

Chemical Reaction

EIA REPORT




When Butyronitrile, methanol and HCl are treated with each other and further reflux with

methanol, they form trimethyl ortho butyrate.


1) Butyronitrile

2) meOH

3) Hexane

4) HCl gas

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



5. Trimethyl Ortho Benzoate

Chemical Reaction


Benzotrichloride reacts with methanol in presence of sodium Hydroxide to form trimethyl ortho

Benzoate.


1) BTC

2) Methoxide

3) Methanol

EIA REPORT



4) Hexane

5) P. water

Mass Balance:

6. Tributyl Ortho Valerate

Chemical Reaction

EIA REPORT




Valeronitrile, methanol and Hydrochloric acid are reacted to form hydrochloride which further

reflux with methanol gives trimethyl orthovalerate. Trimethyl orthovalerate further reflux with

butanol to give tributyl orthovalerate.


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

7. Quinoline-6-Carboxylic Acid

Chemical reaction:


P-Amino Benzoic acid reacts with P-nitro benzoic acid in presence of Glycerine and Sulphuric

acid to give quinoline 6-carboxylic acid.

EIA REPORT



Process flow Diagram:

1) 4-Aminobenzoic acid - 0.500 Kg

2) 4-Nitrobenzoic acid - 0.393 Kg

3) Ferrous Sulphate - 0.125 Kg

4) Boric acid - 0.215 Kg

5) Glycerene - 1.340 µƒ

6) Sulphuric acid (H₂SO₄) - 0.600 µƒ

7) NaoH - 1.200 Kg

8) Charcoal - 0.050 Kg

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

8. Dimethyl Malonic Acid

Chemical reaction:


Ethyl cyano acetate on reaction with dimethyl sulphate (DMS) in presence of sodium

methoxide forms Dimethyl malonic acid.

EIA REPORT




1) Ethyl Cyanoacetate

2) Dimethyl Sulphate

3) Methanol

4) Sodium methoxide

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



9. 4-Chloro-3-Nitroanisole

Chemical Reaction:


4-amino-3-nitro anisole on treatment with sodium nitrite and hydrochloric acid in presence of

cuprous chloride gives 4-chloro-3-nitro anisole.


1) 4 Amino-3-nitroanisole

2) Sodium Nitrite

3) Cupperus Chloride

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

10. 1-Bromo-4-tert butyl Benzene

Chemical Reaction:

(Friedel Craft Halogenation )


Tertiary butyl benzene reacts with Liq. Br2 undergoes halogenation to give 1-bromo-4-ter-

butyl benzene.

EIA REPORT




Mass Balance:

11. Sodium Hippurate Hydrate

Chemical Reaction:


Hippuric acid on treatment with sodium hydroxide gives sodium hippurate hydrate.

EIA REPORT




1) Benzamidoacetic acid (Hippuric acid)

2) NaOH

Mass Balance:

12. 4-Morpholinoaniline

Sr. No. RM Name Qty. UOM

1 4-Nitrobenzene 85.00 Kg

2 Morpholine 47.28 Kg

3 Fe 10.00 Kg

4 HCl 25.00 Kg

5 Methanol 78.00 Kg

EIA REPORT



Chemical Reaction:


P-nitro chloro benzene reacts with Morpholine in presence of Iron and hydrochloric acid gives

4-Morpholinoaniline.


1) Morpholine

2) 4-nitrochloro benzene

3) Iorn

4) HCl

5) Methanol

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

13. N-Benzylglycine Ethyl Ester:

Chemical Reaction:


When benzyl amine is treated with 1-bromo ethyl ester in presence of triethyl amine; it gives

N-benzyl glycine ethyl ester.

EIA REPORT




1. Cyclohexane

2. TEA

3. Benzyl amine

4. Ethyl bromo acetate

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



14. 6-Methoxyquinoline

Chemical Reaction:


P-Amino anisole reacts with P-nitro anisole in presence of Glycerine and Sulphuric acid to

give 6-methoxy quinoline.


1. P-Nitro anisole

2. P-Amino anisole

3. Glycerine

4. H₂SO₄

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

15. 1-Bromo-2-methyl Propane

Chemical Reaction:


1,2-dibromo-2-methyl propane reacts with potassium hydroxide undergoes dehydrohalogenation

to form 1-bromo-2-methyl propene.

EIA REPORT




1) 1, 2 dibromo 1 methyl propane

2) KOH

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



16. Indole-3-Methanol (Indole-3-Carbinol)

Chemical Reaction:


Indole-3-carboxaldehyde on Reduction with sodium borohydridegives Indole-3- methanol

(Indole-3-carbinol).


1) Indole-3 Cardoxaldehyde

2) Sodium Borohydride

3) Methanol

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

17. Indole-3-Carboxylic Acid:

Chemical Reaction:


3-cyano indole on hydrolysis with Potassium hydroxide gives Indole-3- carboxylic acid.

EIA REPORT




1) Indole-3 aldehyde

2) Chloroform

3) Sodium Hypochlorite

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

18. Indole-5-Carboxylic Acid:

Chemical Reaction:

Manufacturing process:

5- Cynoindole after hydrolysis with Potassium Hydroxide gives Indole-5-Carboxilic Acid.

EIA REPORT




1) 5-cyanoindole

2) P. Water

3) KOH

4) HCL Solⁿ

5) Ethyl Acetate

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

19. 3-(Demethylaminomethyl) Indole (Gramine):

Chemical Reaction:


Indole on reaction with Diethyl Amine forms 3-(Diethyl amine)Indole, (Gramine) .

EIA REPORT




1) Indole

2) Diethyl amine

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



20. Trimethyl Orthoacetate:

Chemical Reaction:


Acetonitrile on reaction with methanol in presence of potassium chloride forms trimethyl

orthoacetate.


1) Ethanol

2) Acetonitrile

3) Hexane

4) HCl gas

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

21. Cheamide:

Chemical Reaction:


Cyclohexyl ethyl amine on treatment with p-methoxy phenyl acetic acid undergoes dehydration

to gives Cheamide.

EIA REPORT




1) O-Xylene - 36.918 Kg

2) Cyclohexylethyl amine HCL – 28

3) 4-methoxy phenyl acetic acid - 32.5

4) Ethyl acetate - 100.912Kg

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

22. L-Cystine Disodium Salt:

Chemical Reaction:


When L-cystine is treated with two moles of sodium hydroxide; it gives L-cystine disodium salt.

EIA REPORT




1)L-cystine

2)NaOH

3) H2O

4) Methanol

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



23. Methdilazine Hydrochloride (MD):


Dimethyl Itaconate is treated with monomethyl amine, lithium aluminium hydride, thionyl

chloride and further with phenothiazine in presence of sodium hydride to form Methdylazine

hydrochloride.


EIA REPORT



EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



24. Indole-3-Carboxaldehyde (Indole-3-Aldehyde):

Chemical Reaction:

EIA REPORT




Indole reacts with Dimethyl formamide In presence of phosphorus oxychloride forms Indole-3-

carboxaldehyde.


1) Indole

2) DMF

3) POCl3

4) H2O

Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



25. 3- Cyano Indole

Chemical Reaction:


Indole-3-carboxaldehyde on treatment with hydrazine , thionyl chloride and finally with base

gives 3-cyano Indole


1. Oxime Indol 3-ldehde = 50 gm

2. EDC 150+150+100 = 300 ml

3. DIOS (Thinoyl cgloride) = 50 gm

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

26. 3-Aminophthalhydrazide Sodium Salt:

Chemical Reaction:


3 Nitropthalic Acid is Treated with Sodium Hydroxide to form 3-Aminopthalhydrazide Sodium.

EIA REPORT




EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

27. Phenyl Phosphate Disodium Salt

Chemical Reaction:

EIA REPORT




When Phenol reacts with Phosphorus oxychloride and further treated with Sodiumhydroxide

it gives Phenyl phosphate disodium salt.


Stage: I

EIA REPORT



1) Phenol – 10 kg

2) Cyclohexane – 74 µƒ

3)POcl₃ - 22.213 Kg

4)Pyridine – 9 kg

5)IPA - 44 µƒ

6) IPE - 22 µƒ

7) NaOH – 16.120

Mass Balance:

28. 3-Aminopthalhydrazide (Luminol):

Chemical Reaction:

EIA REPORT




3 Nitropthalic Acid reacts with hydrsize which further treated with sodium hydrosulphite in

presence of Sodium Hydroxide to form 3-Aminopthalhydrazide.


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

29. Aloe Vera Juice:

Chemical Reaction: No Reaction


All the Stabilizers charge with Aloe Juice, Stirr for one hour to complete desolve the solides

and Pack it in 50 Lits. Carboy.


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

30. Lecithin Powder:

Chemical Reaction: No Reaction


Crude Lecithin Powder is added in acetone to get free flowing powder, filtered and dried under

vacuum and packed for dispatch.


EIA REPORT



1) Lecithin powder (Crude)

2) Acetone

Mass Balance:

31. Sodium Thioglycolate (Powder):

Chemical Reaction:


Thioglycolic Acid & Sodium Hydroxide are reacted to get product Product filtered and dried

to get pure Sodium Thioglycolate.


EIA REPORT



1Thioglycolic acid – 64.00 KG

2) meOH – 145.00 µƒ

3) NaOH – 23.00 KG

Mass Balance:

32. Calcium Thioglycolate (Powder):

Chemical Reaction:


Thioglycolic Acid & Calcium Hydroxide are reacted to get product Product filtered and dried to

get pure Calcium Thioglycolate.

EIA REPORT




1) Calcium hydroxide

2) H2O

3) Thioglycolic Acid

4) Methanol

Mass Balance:

33. Ammonium Thioglycolate (Solution):

Chemical Reaction:


Thioglycolic acid reacts with ammonium hydroxide gives Ammonium Thioglycolate

EIA REPORT




1. Ammonia

2. Thioglycolic Acid

Mass Balance:

34. 5-Bromo 5-Nitro 1, 3 Dioxane:-

Chemical Reaction:


Bronopol reacts with P-formaldehyde to give 5-Bromo-5-nitro-1-3-dioxane.

EIA REPORT




1. Bronopol

2. Paraformaldehyde

3. EDC

4. P.water

5. Methenol

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

35. Phenylepherin Hydrochloride (PPH):

Chemical Reaction:


Map sulphate on treatment with cat-1 and cat-2 in IPA and water and further treated with

IPA.HCl forms phenylephrine Hydrochloride.

EIA REPORT




1. IPA

2. Water

3. CAT – I

4. CAT- II

5. Ammonia

6. HCL gas

7. mAP Sulphate

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

36. Heck Coupled Product:

Chemical Reaction:


NMVS reacts with 5-bromo indole in Presence of palladium acetate gives Heck coupled

product.

EIA REPORT




1. DMF

2. 2 – Chloro ethyl Sulfonyl Chloride

3. mmA gas

4. Dry Ice

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

37. Chloro Atavaquinone:-

Chemical Reaction:


2-chloro napthaquinone reacts with A.T. acid in presence of acetonitrile , sulpholane, silver

nitrate gives Chloroatovaquinone.

EIA REPORT




EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

38. Immidazolyl Acetic Acid:

Chemical Reaction:


When Imidazole reacts with Ethyl chloroacetate in presence of potassium carbonate and

further treated with sodium hydroxide; it forms Immidazolyl acetic acid.

EIA REPORT




Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



39. 4-Aminomorpholine:

Chemical Reaction:


Catalytic Reduction of 4-Nitrosomorpholine to get crude product and crude product distilled out

under vacuum to get pure 4-Aminomorpholine.

[No water is used in the reaction]


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

40. 2-Amino-4-Hydroxy Acetophenone Hydrochloride:

Chemical Reaction:


Aminoacetonitrile HCl reacts with phenol in presence of Aluminium Chloride and nitromethane

to give the 2-Amino-4-Hydroxy Acetophenone HCl.

EIA REPORT




EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



41. Adapalene

Process Flow Diagram

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



42. Tazarotene


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



43. Glimepride Process Flow Diagram:

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



44. Telmisartan


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



45. Rosuvastatin Calcium

Chemical Reaction:

EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



46. Montelukast Sodium


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



47. Olanzapine


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



48. Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



49. Topiramate


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



50. Risperidone


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



51. Olopatadinie Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



52. Escitalopram Oxalate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



53. Brimonidine Tartrate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



54. Strontium Ranelate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



55. Nepafenac


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance

EIA REPORT



56. Desloratadine


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



57. Olmesartan Medoxomil


Mass Balance

EIA REPORT



58. Nitazoxanide


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance

EIA REPORT



59. Atorvastatin Calcium


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



60. Bromfenac Sodium


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



61. Febuxostat


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



62. Prasugrel Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



63. Alcaftadine


EIA REPORT



EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



64. Cinacalcet Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



65. Dapoxetine Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



EIA REPORT



66. Dimethyl Fumarate


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



67. Losartan Potassium


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



68. Pitvastatin Calcium


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



69. Flavoxate Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



70. Flovoxamine Maleate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



71. Tmolol Maleate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



72. Ketoprofen


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



73. Clopidogrel Bisulfate


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



74. Tetrabenaine


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



75. Agomelatine


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



76. Rupatadine Fumarate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



77. Lymecycline


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



78. Dexketoprofen Trometamo


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



79. Trospium Chloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



80. Dronedarone Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



81. Lurasidone Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



82. Milrinone


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



83. Pramipexole Dihydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



84. Pregabaline:


Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



85. Teriflunamide


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



86. Roflumilast


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



87. Solefenacin succinate


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



88. Tolperisone Hydrochloride


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



89. Clonidine HCL


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



90. Darifenacin HBr


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

EIA REPORT



91. Duloxetine HCL


EIA REPORT



Mass Balance:

2.9.1. Solvent Recovery Plan

Solvent recovery is done by using fractional distillation. The spent solvent having low boiling

points from 40˚C up to 110˚C will be distilled in the fractional distillation unit. Initially the solvent

EIA REPORT



will be retained for 2 hours in return reflux till its lowest boiling point. After that it will be

collected in receiver tank. And then at higher boiling point collection is to be stopped and the

remaining part will be residue. Recovered solvents will be used in process.

Sr.

No. Name of Solvent

Recovery in

Percentage

Residue in

Percentage

Loss in

Percentage Disposal

1 Acetone 95% 3% 2% Used in in-House Process

2 Ethyl Acetate 95% 3% 2% Used in in-House Process

3 Isopropyl Alcohol 95% 3% 2% Used in in-House Process

4 Methanol 95% 3% 2% Used in in-House Process

5 Methylene

Dichloride

95% 3% 2% Used in in-House Process

6 Toluene 97% 2% 1% Used in in-House Process

7 Methyl Tertiary

Butyl Ether

97% 2% 1% Used in in-House Process

8 Hexane 97% 2% 1% Used in in-House Process

EIA REPORT



Figure 2.6 Block Diagram for Solvent Recovery

EIA REPORT



2.10. Plant Infrastructure and Basic requirements

2.10.1. List of plant machinery

Table 2.6 Details of plant machinery (Existing)

Sr. No.

Code Description of

Equipment MOC

Capacity, KL

Elect Load, KW

Location

1 R-001 Reactor -GLR GMM 0.630 2.25 G/Floor

2 R-002 Reactor SSR Galaxy

(Enaltec) 0.500 2.25 G/Floor

3 R-003 Reactor-SSR Sun rise 0.500 2.25 G/Floor

4 R-004 Reactor-GLR GMM 0.500 2.25 G/Floor

5 R-005 Reactor -GLR Swiss glass

coat 1.600 3.75 G/Floor(C/R)

6 R-006 Reactor -SSR Galaxy 2.000 3.75 G/Floor(C/R)

7 R-007 Reactor-GLR Swiss Glass

Coat 3.000 5.60 G/Floor-Nr.Pb.

8 R-101 Reactor -GLR GMM 2.000 5.60 F/Floor

9 R-102 Reactor -GLR Swiss glass

coat 2.000 3.75 F/Floor

10 R-103 Reactor-GLR GMM 1.000 2.25 F/Floor


Coat 2.000 3.75 F/Floor

12 R-106 Reactor -SSR Mangesh 3.000 5.60 F/Floor

13 R-107 Reactor -SSR Sunrise 1.000 2.25 F/Floor

14 R-108 Reactor -SSR Mangesh 2.000 3.75 F/Floor

15 R-109 Reactor -SSR Sunrise 1.000 2.25 F/Floor

16 R-110 Reactor-SSR Sunrise 1.000 2.25 F/Floor

17 R-111 Reactor-SSR Galaxy 1.000 2.25 F/Floor(C/R)


Coat 2.000 3.75 F/Floor


Coat 3.000 5.60 S/Floor



EIA REPORT



Sr. No.

Code Description of

Equipment MOC

Capacity, KL

Elect Load, KW

Location





23 R-205 Reactor-SSR Galaxy 2.000 3.75 S/Floor










30 R-212 Reactor-SSR Sun rise 0.000 0.00 S/Floor


Coat 0.500 2.25 S/Floor (C/R)



33 AUTO -

001 Autoclave (10.5

Kw) Amar

Engineering 0.050 0.00 -

34 AUTO-

002 Autoclave

Amar Engineering

1.000 2.25 Open Space


Sr. No. Description of

Equipment Capacity

Electric Load KW

Location

1 Centrifuge-MSRL-580 36" 5.6 G/Floor

2 Centrifuge-SS-GMP-

579 36" 5.6 G/Floor

EIA REPORT




Equipment Capacity

Electric Load KW

Location

3 Centrifuge-Tabzal Coat

-540 48" 7.5 G/Floor


564 36" 5.6 G/Floor

5 Centrifuge-Tabzal

Coat-539 36" 5.6 G/Floor


950 48" 7.5 G/Floor


578 36" 5.6 F/Floor

8 Centrifuge-SS 18" 0.8 S/Floor

9 Centrifuge-MSR- 48" 7.5 G/Floor

10 Nutsche Filter - NIL -





15 Sparkler Filter 10P/14"D 1.1 -




Sr. No.

Description of

Equipment Capacity

Elect Load

KW Location

1 Air Tray Dryer 24 T 5.50 Utility(O/side)

2 Air Tray Dryer 48 T 0.75 G/Floor

3 Air Tray Dryer 20 T 0.75 G/Floor(C/R)


EIA REPORT



Sr. No.

Description of

Equipment Capacity

Elect Load

KW Location


7 Air Tray Dryer 48 T 0.75 G/Floor

8 Air Tray Dryer 48 T 0.75 F/Floor

9 Vacuum Tray Dryer 24T Nil F/Floor (C/R)

10 Air Tray Dryer 48 T 0.75 S/Floor

11 Vacuum Tray Dryer 24T 0.75 S/Floor (C/R)

12 Air Tray Dryer 24 T 0.50 F/Floor


Equipment Capacity

Elect

Load/HP Location

1 FBD 60 KGS 7.5 F/Floor (C/R)

2 SHIFTER-30" 1.1 G/Floor( C/R)

3 SHIFTER-30" Mech. 1.1 G/Floor (C/R)

4 SHIFTER-30" 1.1 F/Floor (C/R)

5 Multi Mill 200.0 kg 2.3 G/Floor (C/R)

6 Multi Mill 200.0 kg 2.3 G/Floor (C/R)

7 Multi Mill 200.0 kg 2.3 F/Floor (C/R)

8 RCVD 1000 L 5.6 G/Floor

9 Octa Blender 200Kg. 2.3 G/Floor

10 Agitated vacuum system 300kg 7.5 F/For

11 Glass Fractionating Assy. 100 L 1.5 S/Floor





Sr. No.

Description of machine/Equipment/Inst.

Capacity Elect Load, KW

Location

1 Boiler 850 Thermax-fuel Pump 850 kg/Hr. 0.3 Boiler House

2 Boiler 850 Thermax-fuel Pump 850kg/hr. 0.3 Boiler House

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.



Location

3 Air Compressor ATLAS Cap Co 57 CFM 11.2 Utility

4 Softener - 0.75 Utility

5 DM water plant-Thermax 17000L - Utility

6 DM water plant:- Water system 40000L - Utility

7 Ultra Filtration Plant 400LPH -0.75 Utility

8 Purified water generation

system.(RO) 250.0 LPH - Utility

9 Purified water storage &

Distribution sys. 1000L - Utility

10 Purified water storage Tank

(SS-316L) 2000L - Utility

11 Chilling Plant-Water 10TR 22.37 Utility

12 Chilling Plant-Water 15.0TR 25.00 Utility

13 Chilled water Primary pump -

Main - 3.75 Utility

14 Chilled water secondary pump

-Main - 5.60 Utility

15 Chilling Plant Brine 18.0 TR. -

15°C 30TR (9.0 TR) 56.00 Utility

16 Chilled brine Primary pump -

Main - 7.50 Utility

17 Chilled brine secondary pump

:- Main - 9.35 Utility

18 Chilling Plant Brine 7.5 TR. -

15°C 7.5 TR 12.00 Utility

19 Chilled brine Primary pump -

Main - 1.50 Utility

20 Cooling Tower( Chilled water) 40TR. 0.75 -

21 Cooling Tower( Brine water) 100TR 1.10 -

22 Cooling Tower (Steam jet) 100TR 2.25 -

23 Cooling Tower (Plant) 100 TR 1.1 terrace

EIA REPORT



Sr. No.



Location

24 Cooling water circulation Pump-

Main - 14.91 -

25 Cooling water circulation Pump-

stand By - 14.91 -

26 Water Pump ( 22KL) 5-14 M.Head 2.25 -

27 Water Pump 1.5 to 25 head 1.10 -

28 Water Pump 5-14 M.Head 2.25 -

29 Water Pump 1.5 to 25 head 1.10 -

Table 2.7 Details of plant machinery (Proposed)

Sr. No.

Name of equipment Capacity Nos.

1 SSR Reactor 2 KL 2

2 GLR Reactor 2 KL 2

3 Centrifuge MSRL 36" 1

4 Centrifuge SS 24" 1

5 Vibro Shifter 30" 1

6 Multi Mill 200 kg 1

7 Electronic Balance 300 kg 2

8 SS Cupboards - 2

2.10.2. Water requirement

During Operation phase:

The total fresh water requirement during the operation phase for the existing facility is 26.41

KLD and proposed fresh water requirement will be 11.51 KLD. Total Water requirement of the

project after expansion will be 54.41 KLD, Out of which, 37.92 KLD will be fresh water, while

remaining 16.49 KLD will be recycled water. Main source of water supply will meet through

tanker water supply.

EIA REPORT



Table 2.8 Water Consumption & wastewater generation details

Sr.

No. Purpose

Water Consumption, KLD Wastewater Generation, KLD

Existing Proposed Recycled

Water Total Existing Proposed Total

1. Domestic (Including

Flushing) 2.00 1.00 3.13 6.13 1.80 3.30 5.10

2. Gardening 0.16 0.00 3.86 4.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

3. Industrial

a.

RO & DM 0.30 10.50 0.00 10.80 0.14 4.20 4.34

Industrial

Processing 0.16 6.30 0.00 6.46 0.16 6.30 6.46

b. Industrial cooling 7.20 0.00 5.00 12.20 0.49 0.35 0.84

c. Boiler 11.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.44 0.00 0.44

d. Chiller 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.00

e.

Washing

(Equipment +Floor

Washing)

4.95 0.00 4.50 9.45 3.48 4.05 7.55

f. Solar Water Heating

System 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total (Industrial) 24.25 10.51 9.50 44.26 4.71 14.90 19.61

Total (1+2+3) 26.41 11.51 16.49 54.41 6.51 18.20 24.71

EIA REPORT



Figure 2.7 Water Balance Diagram

2.10.3. Power requirement

The Total power requirement will be 300 KVA. The main source of power is MSEB.The

back-up will be provided from DG Sets having capacity of 250 KVA in case of power failure.

Solar Electricity Generation Plant is installed at Factory premises for generating between 886

to 1063 KVA (unit) per day and utilized for production activity. Therefore no additional electricity

will be required for proposed project.

EIA REPORT



Table 2.9 Power requirement

Sr. No. Particulars Source Power

1 Total Demand MSEB 300 KVA

2 Back-up D.G. set 250 KVA

2.10.4. Fuel requirement

Light Diesel Oil is being used as a fuel for Boiler & HSD is being used in D.G set.

Solar Water Heater Plant is installed at Factory premises for generating 3000 liter per day and

utilized for production activity saving 120 to 180 liters of LDO per day. Therefore no additional

fuel will be required for proposed project. In rainy season / at night online heater is used to

enhance the temperature of water as per requirement.

Table 2.10 Fuel Consumption Details

Sr.

No Details Capacity Status

Fuel name &

Quantity

Stack Gas

Temp. (˚C)

Air Pollution

control Measure

1 Boiler (2 no.)* 850 Kg/hr

each Existing

LDO - 480

Lit./Day 110

Adequate stack

height

2 D.G. Set 250 KVA Existing HSD - 50 Lit./hr 90 Adequate stack

height

*Note: One boiler will be used as stand-by.

2.10.5. Manpower requirement

During Operation phase:

There are 120 peoples are working in existing plant and around 30 peoples will be required for the

proposed expansion project. Thus, total manpower will be 150 workers.

The details are as shown in below table:

Table 2.11 Employment Details

Particulars Existing Proposed Total

Permanent employees, managerial staff &

Administration 50 10 60

Contract Workers 70 20 90

Total 120 30 150

EIA REPORT



2.11. Emission, Effluent Generation & Waste Generation with Control System

2.11.1. Air Emission

Scrubber is installed for process gaseous emissions. Adequate stack heights are provided for

flue gas emissions from boiler and DG set. Details of stacks are shown in below table:

Table 2.12 Details of Flue gas Stacks

Sr.No Stack

attached to Capacity

Fuel consumption

Stack Ht. (m)

Stack Dia. (mm)

Stack gas temp (˚C)

APCM

1. Boiler (2 Nos.) 850 kg/hr LDO – 480

Litr/Day 20 m 300 mm 110

Adequate stack height

2. DG set 250 KVA HSD – 50

Litr/hr

6 m above roof

100 mm 90 Adequate

stack height

Table 2.13 Details of Process gas Stacks

Sr. No

Stack attached to Condition Capacity Stack Ht.

(m) Stack Dia.

(mm) Stack gas temp (˚C)

1. Scrubber (Process

Reactor) Existing 3000 CFM 24 m 152 mm Ambient

2. Scrubber (Process

Reactor) Proposed 4000 CFM 24 m 152 mm Ambient

EIA REPORT



Figure 2.8 Scrubbing system

2.11.2. Effluent generation and its management (ZLD)

Source of Effluent water:

The effluent is generated from sources:

i) Processing

ii) Boiler Blow Down

iii) Cooling Tower Purging

iv) Plant Floor Washing


concentrated stream. High concentrated stream i.e. effluent generated from the process (6.46

KLD) will be sent to the stripper, where solvents (1 KLD) will be recovered and the remaining

effluent (5.46 KLD) will be sent to MEE for further treatment. Condensate (4.914 KLD)

generated from the MEE will be sent to existing ETP for further treatement.

EIA REPORT




floor washing (13.17 KLD) will be treated into ETP followed by RO and MEE. Domestic

wastewater (5.1 KLD) will be sent to ETP for further treatment.

Treated water (16.49 KLD) will be reused for flushing, gardening, washing and cooling Tower

make-up. Thus, Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) will be achieved.

Process of the waste water treatment:

Waste water generated from industries is collected via series of drains and is collected in

effluent collection tank.

1. Stripper

Effluent generated from the process will be sent to the stripper, where solvents will be

recovered and the remaining effluent will be sent to MEE for further treatment.

2. Multiple Effect Evaporator

Reject of stripper is having high solid contains. Separation of solids is done by heating media

(i.e. Steam, Coal, Electric, etc) using evaporation method is called Evaporator. In a multiple-

effect evaporator, water is boiled in a sequence of vessels. Evaporated water is condensed

using cooling water and sent to ETP for further treatment.

3. Physico-Chemical Treatment

Online chemical dosing is done to the flash mixer before it gets to settling tank. Chemically

treated effluent overflow into the settling tank where solid particles get collected in hopper and

drain to the SDB where it gets dewatered.

4. Electro coagulation

Electro coagulation is to apply an electrical charge to water, and the process of changing the

particle surface charge, allowing suspended matter to form an agglomeration. It is an advanced

and economical water treatment technology. It effectively removes suspended solids to sub-

micrometre levels, breaks emulsions such as oil and grease or latex, and oxidizes and

eradicates heavy metals from water without the use of filters or the addition of separation

chemicals.

5. Fenton treatment

Fenton process generates the hydroxyl free radical as a strong oxidant to destroy impurity

compounds. The hydroxyl radical is a powerful, non-selective chemical oxidant, which acts very

rapidly with most organic compounds. Hydroxyl radicals aggressively attack virtually all-organic

compounds.

EIA REPORT



6. Ozonation

Ozone is an unstable gas comprising of three oxygen atoms, the gas will readily degrade back

to oxygen, and during this transition a free oxygen atom, or free radical form. The free oxygen

radical is highly reactive and short lived. It rapidly reacts with untreated pollutants. This treated

water will be carried further to settling tank.

7. Aeration

Aeration is the process of adding air into wastewater. It is provided to effluent to remove

ammonical nitrogen, VOC’s present.

8. Bioreactor

Bio media along with food and sewage is fed in aeration tank. Aeration provides oxygen to

bacteria for treating and stabilizing the wastewater. Oxygen is needed by the bacteria to allow

biodegradation to occur. The supplied oxygen is utilized by bacteria in the wastewater to break

down the organic matter containing carbon to form carbon dioxide and water.

9. Tertiary treatment

Clarified effluent is then pumped with the help of Pressure pump through Pressure Sand Filter

and Activated Carbon Filter where all solid particles and organic odor if any gets removed.

Treated effluent is disinfected online with the help of hypochlorite. Treated effluent is stored in

underground treated effluent storage tank and to be used for further discharge.

10. Reverse Osmosis

Reverse Osmosis, commonly referred to as RO, is a process where demineralization or

deionization of water occurs by pushing it under pressure through a semi-permeable Reverse

Osmosis Membrane. Reverse osmosis can remove many types of dissolved and suspended

solid from water, including bacteria, and treated water will be reused for flushing, gardening,

washing and cooling Tower make-up, while, reject from the RO will be sent to MEE for further

treatment.

11. Sludge Handling & Disposal

Sludge from settling tank is drained through gravity on drying bed for dewatering of sludge.

Dewatered sludge is sun dried and sent for proper disposal. Salts from the MEE will be sent to

the CHWTSDF for disposal.

EIA REPORT



Existing Effluent Treatment Plant:

Figure 2.9 ETP Flow Chart (Capacity: 50 KLD)

Figure 2.10 Treatment Diagram of RO plant (Capacity: 1 KL/hr)

EIA REPORT



Figure 2.11 Layout of MEE (Capacity: 0.8 KL/hr)

2.11.3. Details of the Hazardous Waste

Details of Hazardous Waste generation, storage and disposal facility are shown in below table:

Table 2.14 Hazardous Waste Details

Sr.

No. Cat.

Name of

Hazardous

waste

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity Total Disposal

1. 5.1 Used/ spent Oil 0.55

kg/day

4.45

kg/day

5

kg/day

CHWTSDF/sale to

authorized re-

processor

2. 20.3 Distillation

Residue

2.6 kg/day

102.5

kg/day 2410.1

kg/day

CHWTSDF

3. 28.1 Waste Residue 105 kg/day CHWTSDF

4. 28.6 Spent solvent 2200

kg/day

Sale to authorized

vendor/recycler

5. 35.3 ETP Sludge 2.19

kg/day

124.48

kg/day

126.67

kg/day CHWTSDF

EIA REPORT



Sr.

No. Cat.

Name of

Hazardous

waste

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity Total Disposal

6. 35.4 Oil and grease

skimming

0.05

kg/day

0.45

kg/day

0.5

kg/day CHWTSDF

7. - Filter material 0.16

kg/day 5.5 kg/day

5.66

kg/day CHWTSDF

8. 28.4

Discarded product

material ( R & D

basis)

- 5 kg/day 5 kg/day CHWTSDF

9. 33.1 Discarded

containers

20

nos./Month

45

nos./month

65

nos./Month

Reuse/recycle/

Sale to authorized

vendor/recycler

10. 37.3 MEE salts - 40 kg/day 40 kg/day CHWTSDF

2.11.4. Details of the Non- Hazardous Waste

Table 2.15 Non- Hazardous Waste Details

Sr.

No Name of Non Hazardous Waste Quantity Disposal

1. M.S, HDPE, Fiber drums 400 Nos./Month

Sale to local

scrap dealer/

local market

2. Plastic bags 50 kg/Month

3. Wooden, Metal, Plastic, Paper scrap As and when

Generated

2.11.5. Details of Solids Waste

During Operation Phase:

Total domestic waste will be generated during the operation phase is about 60 kg/day. The

generated waste that is bio-degradable waste (36 kg/day) and Non bio degradable waste (24

kg/day) will be handed over to authorized vendors or sent to disposal site as per Solid Waste

Management Rules, 2016.

2.12. Green Belt Development

Total 4600 m2 area (36.8 %) has already been earmarked as green belt in existing premises.

Suitable local 387 numbers of plants of variety of species are planted with adequate spacing.

EIA REPORT



2.13. Rain Water Harvesting

Rainwater harvesting is already provided in the project to conserve the storm water. Adequate

care has been taken while making efficient planning for percolation of rainwater into the sub-

surface without directly draining it outside and conserving maximum extent of rain water within

the facility.

In order to allow percolation of rainwater into the ground, rainwater harvesting structures along

the boundary of the project has been provided to enhance the groundwater potential while

raising the water table in the area.

Run off from the proposed project site is calculated using rational formula:

Q= C x I x A

Q = Run-off in m3/hr

A = Catchment Area (sq.mt)

C = Coefficient of Run-off

I = intensity of Rainfall in m/hr

Table 2.16 Annual Runoff

Land use type Area (m2) Coefficient runoff Rainfall (m) Quantity of rain

water (M3)

Roof top area 4888 0.8 0.07 273.728

Paved Area 1002 0.7 0.07 49.098

Green Area/Open

space 6000 0.3 0.07 126

Total 11890 - - 448.826

Harvested water is collected in underground tank with capacity of 500 m3 (10 m x 10 m x 5 m)

& used for gardening and firefighting purpose.

2.14. Storm Water-Collection and Disposal

Storm water drains is already constructed & channelized to existing ETP. Storm water from the

entire plot is collected through network of storm drains. The dimension of the existing drain is

450 mm x 300 mm.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1. Introduction

The baseline environmental qualities of various environmental components like air, noise,

water, land, flora and fauna and socio-economic form an important and integral part of any

environmental study. The baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the

environmental impacts of the proposed project. The baseline environmental quality is assessed

through field surveys within the impact zone as well as secondary data for various components

of the environment, viz., air, noise, water, land and socio-economics.

M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited is proposing expansion of manufacturing capacity

and addition of new products at the exiting Bulk drugs & intermediates manufacturing facility at

Gut No. 204, Nashik-Mumbai highway, A/P-Vadivarhe, Tal-Igatpuri, Dist-Nashik-422403,

Maharashtra.

The coordinates of site is 190 50’ 51.82” N and 730 40’ 47.11” E

The present report comprises the data collected during the sampling period of three months,

from January’17 to March’17. Various environmental components were monitored and

samples were analyzed.

The baseline quality of various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land,

biology, meteorological and socio-economic is assessed within the impact zone of about 10 km

around the proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic sources

viz. Government/Non-Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological Department

(IMD), Ground Water Board etc. Various environmental components were monitored and

samples analyzed.

3.2. Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from

the guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Synthetic organic chemicals Industry”

issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). Environmental attributes and

frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.1.

EIA REPORT



Table 3.1 Environmental Attributes & Frequency of Monitoring

Sr.

No. Attribute Parameters

No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency of Monitoring

/ Data Collection

1 Meteorology Wind speed & direction,

temperature, relative humidity,

rainfall

Project

Site

Data collected from IMD.

2 Ambient air

quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3,

HC, Pb, Ozone, Benzene,

Benzopyrene, Arsenic, Nickel.

8

24 hourly samples twice a

week. CO and O3 8 hourly

samples twice a week.

3 Noise levels Noise levels in dB (A) Leq.

8

At least one day in a

season for day time and

night time on a working &

nonworking day.

4 Surface water

quality

Physical, chemical and

bacteriological parameters

including pH, temperature,

turbidity, magnesium hardness,

total alkalinity, chloride,

sulphates, fluoride, salinity, DO,

BOD, COD, Heavy metals, Total

coliforms, fecal coliforms,

8 Once in a season.

5 Groundwater

quality

Physical, chemical and

bacteriological parameters

including pH, temperature,

turbidity, magnesium hardness,

total alkalinity, chloride,

sulphates, fluoride, salinity, DO,

BOD, COD, Heavy metals, Total

coliforms, Fecal coliforms,

8 Once in a season.

6 Biological

environment

Existing flora and fauna. Study

Area

Through field visits and

substantiated through

secondary data sources.

EIA REPORT



Sr.

No. Attribute Parameters

No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency of Monitoring

/ Data Collection

8 Soil

characteristics

Physical, chemical and biological

parameters to assess agricultural

and afforestation potential

including pH, Permeability,

Electrical conductivity, Nitrites,

Phosphates, TPH, Fluorides,

Heavy metals, SAR, Total

hydrocarbons and cation

exchange capacity.

8 Once in a season.

9 Land use /

Land Cover

Land use for different land use

Classifications.

Study

Area

Land use / Land Cover

Analysis using satellite

imaging and GIS

Technique

10 Socio-

economic

Environment

Socio-economic characteristics,

labour force characteristics,

population statistics existing

amenities in the study area and

quality of life.

Study

Area

Based on field survey and

data collected from

Census of India

3.3. Topography

The study area comprises of varied topography. It is situated at the foot hill ranges. Mukahen

dam reservoir (3 Km) and Darna dam reservoir are situated near to project site. Aund vahal

nallah flows through the study area and fially meets River Darna.

A digital elevatin model (DEM) is a digtal represemtation of ground surface topography or

terrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model (DTM). A DEM can be represented as

a raster (a grid sqares, also known as a height map when representing elevation) or as a

triangular irregular network.

Projected site topography Map with 10 km radius area is prepared and presented in Figure 3.1

which was sourced from open series maps of Survey of India. In the presented map, roads,

railway lines, roads, state highway, interior roads, spot elevation, river, embankments, towns,

villages, temples, cultivated areas, etc. are presented.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.1 Topographic Map of The Study Area

(Source: Open series map, Survey of Indian)

Observations:

• There are Darna dam reservoir and Mukhane dam Reservoir in the study area.

• There is no reserved forest in the study area.

• There are 30 numbers of villages in the study area.

• Nashik city is nearer to the project site.

• The nearest village is Wadiware in NNW Direction.

3.4. Geology

The study area is occupied mainly by Deccan basaltic rocks. At most of the places, the basaltic

rock is exposed, hard and soft murrum also cover sizable portion of entire land.

EIA REPORT



Soil of the study area is moderately deep medium to dark black in colour and has low fertility.

This soil is of favourable to the growth of large trees but it is very fertile for cereals and pulses.

The black soil contains high alumina and carbonates of calcium and magnesium with variable

amounts of potash, low nitrogen and phosphorus. The soil is less common and is suitable for

cultivation under a heavy and consistent rainfall. Bajra, onion, sugarcane, Soyabean,

Vegetable and fruits are important crops grown n the area.

3.5. Geomorphology & Soil types

The district forms part of Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Physiographically Nashik district

comprises varied topography. The main system of hills is Sahayadri and its offshoots viz.,

Satmala, Selbari and Dolbari hill ranges. These hill ranges along with eastern and southern

plains and Godavari valley are the distinct physiographic units. The northern part of the district

falls under Tapi basin and is drained by easterly flowing Girna River along with its tributaries,

whereas the southern part of the district falls under Godavari basin and is drained by Godavari

River and its tributaries. Other important rivers in the district are Damanganga, Vaitarna,

Darna, Kadva, Aram, Mosam, Panjan and Manegad.

The soils of the district are the weathering products of Basalt and have various shades from

gray to black, red and pink color. The soils occurring in the district are classified in the four

categories namely lateritic black soil (Kali), reddish brown soil (Mal), coarse shallow reddish

black soil (Koral), medium light brownish black soil (Barad). In general the soils are very fertile

and suitable for growing cereal and pulses. The black soil contains high alumina and

carbonates of calcium and magnesium with variable amounts of potash, low nitrogen and

phosphorus. The red soil is less common and is suitable for cultivation under a heavy and

consistent rainfall.

3.6. Hydrogeology

The entire area of the district is underlain by the basaltic lava flows of upper cretaceous to lowr

Ecocene age. The shallow alluvial formation of recent age also occurs as narrow stretch along

the banks of Darna and Godavari rivers flowing in the area.

Hard Rock (Deccan Trap Basalt)

Basaltic lava flows occupies about 90% of the area of the district. These flows are normally

horizontally disposed over a wide stretch and give rise to table land type of topography also

known a plateau. These flows occur in layered sequences and represented by massive unit at

EIA REPORT



the bottom and vesicular unit at the top of the flow. These flows are separated from each other

by marker bed known as ‘bole bed’.

Soft Rock (Alluvium)

Alluvium occurs in small areas in the form of discontinuous patches along the banks and flood

plains of major rivers like Godavari, Girna and their tributaries. In alluvium the granular detrital

material like sand and gravel usually occurring as thin layer in the district yields water. In the

district Alluvium occupies an area of 1500 sq.km and it ranges in thickness from 7- 21 meters.

It consists of reddish and brownish clays with intercalations of sand, gravel and kanker.

3.7. Seismology

According to the seismic-zoning map of India, the project area falls in Zone III-Moderate Risk

zone of seismicity. The region has experienced quite of few earthquakes from past decades.

The recorded years for the earthquake at Nashik are: 1764 (Intensity VII), 1856 (Intensity VII),

1935, 2008 (Light earthquake).

Figure 3.2 Seismic Zoning Map of India

EIA REPORT



3.8. Land use

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify the

manner in which different parts of land in an area are being utilized or not utilized. Remote

sensing data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping, as it is a

rapid method of acquiring up-to-date information of over a large geological area.

A systematic digital image interpretation approach was used to delineate the land use classes.

The present study was focused on demarcating boundaries of different land use/land cover

units from an analysis of different types of colour registrations of land use/land cover units from

satellite imagery. Data Used in the land use map preparation is the satellite Imagery of Indian

Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS- ID , sensor P6, LISS III) of 24 m resolution.

Table 3.2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius)

Sr. No Land use Area (ha) Area (%)

1. Barren Hilly Terrain 5456.84 17.37

2. Pond/Lake 2539.10 8.08

3. Crop Land 10242.66 32.60

4. Barren Land 4293.18 13.67

5. Land with Scrub 479.33 1.53

6. Fallow Land 780.97 2.49

7. Settelment 390.93 1.24

8. Industry 663.36 2.11

9. Quary 100.43 0.32

10. Hilly Forest Terrain Land 6468.73 20.59

Total 31415.51 100

The land use land cover has been prepared for study area of 10 km radius comprising

31415.51 ha. From the above table, Industrial area is (663.36 ha) and Agriculture land is

(10242.66 ha).

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.3 Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)

EIA REPORT



3.9. Meteorology

Observation on Meteorology: The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and

dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.

Climate: The climate of the region is classified as tropical wet and dry climate with following

our main seasons:

Winter season : December to February

Summer / Pre-monsoon season : March to May

Monsoon season : June to September

Post monsoon season : October to November

Temperature: Winter temperatures are between 20-3 ˚C. The period from March to May is one

of increasing temperatures. A temperatures increase quickly from about the recent 50 %

offebruary, May is the blazing month with the mean day by day greatest temperature at 37.4 ˚C

at nashik. The hotness is poewerfull in the tallness of summer and on a few days the greatest

temperatures may go above 46 ˚C in the eastern parts of the region with relatively lower

heights.

The annual maximum temperature is 300 C in the month of May and minimum temperature is

19.5 ˚C in the month of January.

Rainfall: The average annual rainfall for the Igatpuri as a whole is 3000 mm. Most of the

rainfall is received from June to September. The study of newgative departures of the annual

rainfall over normal reveals that major part of Nashik district (75 %) falling east of Western

Ghats comprising almost entire area of Nashik.

Relative Humidity: The air is humid during the south-west monsoon season. In the post-

monsoon, cold and summer seasons the air is dry. The summer season is the driest part of the

year with relative humidity between 20 and 25 % only in the afternoons. Relative humidity is

maximum 62 % and minimum 43.65 %.

Cloudiness: The skies are heavily clouded to overcast during the south-west monsoon

season. In May and October the clouding is moderate. Clear or very lightly clouded skies are

common in the rest of the year.

Special Weather Phenomena: Some of the storms and depressions from the Arabian sea in

the latter half of summer and in the post monsoon season have been recorded along with

widespreqad rains. Thunderstroms occur in the latter half of the hot season and in the post –

monsson season.

EIA REPORT



Winds: winds are generally light to moderate with some strengthening in wind force during the

latter part of the summer season and in the south-west monsoon season. Winds are south-

westerly or westerly in the south-west monsoon season.

In the post monsoon season winds are light and variable in direction in the mornings and north-

easterly or easteely in the afternoons.In the cold season winds blow from direction between

south-west and north-west in morning and between north and east in the afternoons. In April

while there is a slight strengthening of wind, the direction is variable. In May there is a further

strengthening of winds and the directions are between south-west and north-west.

Regional Meteorology:

Table 3.3 Climatology (Year: 2016)

Month

Mean Daily Maximum

Temperature (0C)

Mean Daily Minimum

Temperature (0C)

Mean Daily Temperature

(0C)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Mean wind

Speed (Km/h)

Average Rainfall

(mm)

January 29 10 19.5 68 6.1 0

February 32 13.2 22.6 73.1 6.9 0

March 35 16.6 25.8 62.7 10.7 0.01

April 37.7 19.9 28.8 56.1 9.8 0

May 37.2 22.7 29.95 73 17.5 0.64

June 33.1 23.6 28.35 81.6 14.5 0.103

July 26.32 21.67 23.995 95 10.06 13.56

August 26.7 21.4 24.05 92.8 18.6 10.99

September 27.8 20.66 24.23 94.83 9.13 2.77

October 29.7 17.29 23.495 91.48 7.74 0.506

November 30.4 10.66 20.53 85.46 16.5 0

December 29.9 10.1 20 79.12 6.25 0.25

(Source: IMD, Nashik)

Site Specific Micro-Meteorological Data of the Study Area:

Site specific climatic condition refers to weather conditions comprising of temperature, relative

humidity, wind speed, rainfall, cloud cover etc. This determines the baseline conditions and

probable impacts on environmental parameters with respect to the Project. The site specific

climatic conditions are given below in below table:

EIA REPORT



Table 3.4 Site Specific Meteorological data

Month -- Temperature

(°C)

Relative

Humidity

(%)

Wind

Speed

(m/s)

Wind

Direction

(Blowing

from)

Rainfall

(mm)

January’17

Min 10.03 17.03 1.83 0

0.0 Max 28.9 78.80 10.96 158.7

Average 19.38 48.12 4.02 157.5

February’17

Min 12.71 11.5 2.25 0

0.0 Max 32.57 67.2 8.5 156.5

Average 22.71 37.1 3.41 154.2

March’17

Min 14.77 8.81 3.11 0

0.0 Max 33.29 58.07 13.53 162.4

Average 24 30.66 5.62 160.7

Wind Rose

During Study period (January to March) the predominant wind direction blowing from SSE to NNW.

Predominant wind speeds were in the range of 1.83 to 13.53 m/s. The highest wind speed recoded was

13.53 m/s and the average speed was 2.95 m/s.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.4 Wind Rose (Winter Season)

3.10. Ambient Air Quality

Reconnaissance: The quality of ambient air depends upon the background concentrations of

specific contaminants, the emission sources and meteorological conditions. The study on

baseline ambient air quality status in the project area is an essential and primary requirement

for assessing the impacts on air environment due to any proposed developmental activity.

M/s. Vadivarhe specialty chemicals Limited

Green Circle Inc.

EIA REPORT



The baseline studies on air environment include identification of specific air pollution

parameters expected to have significant impacts and assessing their existing levels in ambient

air within the impact zone. To assess the baseline status of ambient air quality in the study

area, monitoring is undertaken to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air.

Methodology for air Monitoring: AAQM was carried out and AAQM locations were monitored

on 24 hourly average bases twice in a week as per guidelines of CPCB and NAAQS. The

conventional and project specific parameters such as particulate matter PM10 (size less than 10

µm), particulate matter PM2.5 (size less than 2.5µm), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOx) were monitored.

Selection of Stations for Sampling: For EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline

pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion can be selected to ascertain

quality of air on human settlements or environmentally sensitive areas if any located in the 10

km radius study area.

The locations for AAQM study were selected within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant

installation. Ambient air quality was monitored on 8 locations to generate representative

ambient air quality data.

(Source: Google Image)

Figure 3.5 Google Image showing Ambient Air Monitoring Locations

EIA REPORT



Table 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Sample

ID

Monitoring

Location

Distance from

project site

Direction from

project site Justification

AAQ1 Project Site - - Project Site

AAQ2 Wadivare 1.52 Km NNW Nearest Village

AAQ3 Kurhegaon 2.97Km SE Upwind

AAQ4 Gadgadsangvi 4.14 Km NW Downwind

AAQ5 Dahegaon 6.16Km NW Downwind

AAQ6 Gondedumla 2.37 Km S Lateral side

AAQ7 Lahamagewadi 4 Km N Lateral side

AAQ8 Belgaon 3.48 Km ESE Lateral side

(Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

EIA REPORT



Table 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)

Locations - PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2 (µg/m3)

NOX (µg/m3)

CO (mg/m3)

NH3 (µg/m3)

Pb (µg/m3)

O3 (µg/m3)

C6H6 (µg/m3)

HBr

(ppm)

Cl2

(ppm) HCL

VOC (ppm)

AAQ1

Minimum 99.70 47.86 12.96 28.91 0.72 99.70 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 58.80 28.22 7.64 17.05 0.42 58.80 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 70.65 33.91 9.18 20.49 0.51 70.65 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 98.87 47.46 12.85 28.67 0.71 98.87 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

AAQ2

Minimum 99.40 55.66 10.93 28.83 0.70 16.60 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 65.60 36.74 7.22 19.02 0.46 10.96 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 86.69 48.18 9.45 25.14 0.61 14.48 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 99.31 55.61 10.92 28.80 0.70 16.58 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

AAQ3

Minimum 74.40 34.22 6.70 14.14 0.41 7.96 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 48.50 22.31 4.37 9.22 0.27 5.19 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 65.57 30.16 5.90 12.46 0.36 7.02 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 73.48 33.80 6.61 13.96 0.40 7.86 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

AAQ4

Minimum 72.90 33.53 6.56 13.85 0.40 7.80 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 47.50 21.85 4.28 9.03 0.26 5.08 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 64.26 29.56 5.78 12.21 0.35 6.88 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 72.03 33.13 6.48 13.68 0.40 7.71 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

EIA REPORT



Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by GCI Laboratory)

AAQ5

Minimum 87.40 41.08 10.49 24.47 0.61 11.10 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 49.50 23.27 5.94 13.86 0.35 6.29 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 68.55 32.22 8.23 19.19 0.48 8.71 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 85.88 40.36 10.31 24.05 0.60 10.91 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

AAQ6

Minimum 90.30 42.44 10.84 25.28 0.63 15.35 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 46.80 22.00 5.62 13.10 0.33 7.96 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 73.21 34.41 8.79 20.50 0.51 12.30 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 89.15 41.90 10.70 24.96 0.62 15.16 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

AAQ7

Minimum 85.84 40.34 7.73 18.88 0.34 9.44 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 56.44 26.53 5.08 12.42 0.23 6.21 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 71.55 33.63 6.44 15.74 0.29 7.87 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 84.86 39.89 7.64 18.67 0.34 9.34 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

AAQ8

Minimum 88.30 41.50 10.60 24.72 0.62 15.01 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Maximum 52.00 24.44 6.24 14.56 0.36 8.84 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

Average 72.03 33.85 8.62 20.17 0.50 12.11 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

98percentile 87.15 40.96 10.46 24.40 0.61 14.82 <0.01 <20 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 <0.10 <1

EIA REPORT



Table 3.7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement

S. No.

Pollutants Time

Weighted Average

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area

Ecologically Sensitive

Area

Methods of measurement

1 SO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Improved West and

Gaeke method.

2 NOx (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Sodium Arsenite).

3 PM10 (µg/m3) 24 hours 100 100 Gravimetric Method

4 PM2.5 (µg/m3) 24 hours 60 60 Gravimetric Method

5 CO (mg/m3) 8 hours 2 2 Non Dispersive Infra Red

Spectroscopy

6 Ammonia (µg/m3)

24 hours 400 400 Indophenol Blue Method

7 Ozone (µg/m3) 8 hours 100 100 UV Photometric

Chemical Method

8 Lead (µg/m3) 24 hours 1.0 1.0 AAS

9 Benzopyrene

(mg/m3) Annual 1.0 1.0 Gas Chromatography

(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php)

3.10.1. Observations on Ambient Air Quality:

Particulate Matter (PM10):

PM10 levels were ranging from 64.26 to 86.69 µg/m3. The highest PM10 level were found at

Wadivare Village (86.69 µg/m3) and lowest PM10 level were observed at Gadgadsangvi Village

(64.26 µg/m3). PM10 concentration is found exceed the NAAQS level (i.e.100 µg/m3) at all the

locations.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.6 Statistical Comparison of PM10 in study area

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Particulate Matter (PM2.5):

PM2.5 levels were ranging from 29.56 to 48.18 µg/m3. The highest PM2.5 level were found at

Wadivare Village (48.18 µg/m3) and lowest PM2.5 level were observed at Gadgadsangvi village

(29.56 µg/m3). PM2.5 concentration is found exceed the NAAQS level (i.e.60 µg/m3) at all the

locations.

Figure 3.7 Statistical Comparison of PM2.5 in study area


EIA REPORT



Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):

SO2 levels were ranging from 5.78 to 9.45 µg/m3. The highest SO2 level were found at Wadivare

village (9.45 µg/m3) and lowest SO2 level is observed at Gadgadsangvi Village (5.78 µg/m3).

The SO2 level in all the monitoring locations is within permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80

µg/m3.

Figure 3.8 Statistical Comparison of SO2 in study area (Source: Analysis GCI)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx):

NOx levels were found ranging from 12.21 to 25.14 µg/m3. The highest NOx level were found at

Wadivare Village (25.14 µg/m3) and lowest NOx level were observed at Gadgadsangvi Village

(12.21 µg/m3). The NOx level in all monitoring location is under permissible limit i.e. NAAQS

level 80 µg/m3.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.9 Statistical Comparison of NOx in study area


3.11. Noise Environment

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and hearing. If intense

enough, it can damage hearing, or is otherwise irritating. The definition of noise as unwanted

sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can

also disturb natural wildlife and ecological system.

The objective of the noise pollution survey in the study area is to identify existing noise sources

and to measure background noise levels.

Reconnaissance

In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the

noise pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out. The collection of baseline noise

environment data included Identification of noise sources and to measure background noise

levels and Measurement of noise levels due to transportation and other local activity.

Methodology for Noise Monitoring

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules,

2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The

ambient noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq.) have been measured

twice a week during study period. The measurements were carried out at each monitoring

location during day time and night time.

EIA REPORT



Noise Monitoring Locations

A total of 8 locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The noise

monitoring locations are given in Table 3.8.

Figure 3.10 Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations


Table 3.8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Sample

ID

Monitoring Location Category of

Area/zone

Distance from Project Site

Direction from project site

N1 Project Site Industrial -

N2 Wadivare Village Residential 1.52 Km NNW

N3 Nandur vaidya Residential 6.15 Km ESE

N4 Gadgadsangvi Residential 4.14 Km NW

N5 Dahegaon Residential 6.16 Km NW

N6 NH-3 (Mumbai-Nashik) Express

Highway

2.8 Km SSW

N7 Lahamagewadi Silent 4 Km N

N8 Janori Village Residential 4.92 Km SSE


EIA REPORT



Table 3.9 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area

Sr.

No.

Name of the

Location

Repres

entation

Category of

Area/zone

Day

Time

In Leq

dB (A)

CPCB

standards in

respect of

Noise

(Day time)

Night

Time

In Leq

dB (A)

CPCB

standards

in respect

of Noise

(Nighttime)

1 Project Site N1 Industrial 64 75 53.6 70

2 Wadivare Village N2 Residential 53.2 55 44.2 45

3 Nandur Vaidhya N3 Silent 49.1 50 38.6 40

4 Gadgadsangvi N4 Residential 52.4 55 44.8 45

5 Dahegaon N5 Residential 52.2 55 44.6 45

6 NH-3 (Mumbai-

Nashik)

N6 Commercial 63.7 65 54.6 55

7 Lahamagewadi N7 Silent 47.8 50 39 40

8 Janori N8 Residential 53.6 55 43.1 45

Source: Analysis during study period, GCI

Table 3.10 Applicable Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limit in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence zone 50 40

(Source: Noise Pollution Rules, 2000)

Note:

• Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 10 pm.

• Night time reckoned in between 10 pm and 6 am.

• Silence zone is defined as areas up to 10 meters around such premises as hospitals,

education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the

Component Authority.

• Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned

categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.

(Source: The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)

EIA REPORT



Observation on Ambient Noise Quality:

Day Time: The noise levels varied in the study area during day time from 47.8 dB (A) Leq to 64

dB (A) Leq and at the project site (industrial area) noise observed was 64 dB (A) Leq. The day

time noise level in the study area is within the noise Limits.

Figure 3.11 Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area


Night Time: The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 38.6 dB (A) Leq to

54.6 dB (A) Leq. In industrial site, it was 53.6 dB (A) Leq. The night time noise was also within

stipulated standards of CPCB.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.12 Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area


3.12. Water Quality

Reconnaissance Survey

Reconnaissance survey has been done for water quality monitoring in the Study Area. The

baseline water quality of ground water / surface water in the region is obtained by collecting

sample from villages in the area considering the 10 km radius for the baseline study.

Methodology of Monitoring

In order to establish the baseline water quality, ground water and surface water sampling

locations were selected based on availability, following standard norms and requirement.

Ground water samples were collected from the identified hand pumps and wells for the

characterization of water quality. Selection of surface water sampling locations has been

considered as per the utilization pattern of the villagers for domestic / drinking purposes.

The samples collected were preserved, stored and analyzed as per standards methods of

Analysis of Water and Waste Water.

3.12.1. Ground Water Quality:

Ground water samples were collected from 8 locations during the study period and analyzed for

a number of physico-chemical parameters.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.13 Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations

(Source: Google Earth Image)

Table 3.11 Ground Water sampling locations in the study area

Location Code

Name of Location Distance from

Project Site


GW1 Project Site - -

GW2 Wadivare Village 1.52 Km NNW

GW3 Janori village 4.92 Km SSE

GW4 Gadgadsangvi village 4.14 Km NW

GW5 Dahegaon village 6.16 Km NW

GW6 Padlideshmukh village 5.05 Km S

GW7 Lahamagewadi village 4 Km N

GW8 Nandur vaidya village 6.15 Km ESE


EIA REPORT



Table 3.12 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area

S. No.

Parameter Units Result Permissible Limit as Per

IS 10500:2012

Reference Method

Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1. pH --- 6.81 8.10 7.6 7.37 7.50 6.90 7.77 7.80 6.5-8.5 APHA 4500

H+

2. Conductivity mS/c

m 0.305 0.625 0.84 0.283 0.399 0.326 0.332 1.19 - APHA 2510

3. Turbidity NTU 3 3 5 3 5 3 5 5 05 APHA 2130

4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 15 APHA 2120

5. Odor - Agreeabl

e Agreeable Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable APHA 2150

6. Total Dissolved Solid

mg/L 198 413 546 192 261 228 211 788 2000 APHA 2540

C

7. Total Suspended Solid

mg/L 2 2 4 3 3 2 2 4 - APHA 2540

B

8. Sulphate mg/L 2.95 27.05 16.85 6.95 5.15 7.25 11.25 29.25 400 APHA 4500-

SO42-

9. Chloride mg/L 20.0 59.98 37.98 35.98 14 29.0 14.0 91.97 1000 APHA 4500 -

Cl-

10. Total Hardness mg/L 128 268 356 108 116 148 160 492 600 APHA 2340

11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 16.41 27.25 85.77 23.24 28.85 28 39.27 118.63 200 APHA -3500

Ca

12. Magnesium Mg mg/L 21.31 48.6 34.50 12.15 10.69 8.95 15.06 47.62 100 APHA 3500-

Mg

13. Alkalinity mg/L 20 118 144 52 54 30 82 244 600 APHA 2320

14. Copper mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.05 <0.09 <0.1 <0.09 <0.1 1.5 APHA 3500-

Cu

15. Zinc mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 15 APHA 3500-

EIA REPORT



S. No.

Parameter Units Result Permissible Limit as Per

IS 10500:2012

Reference Method

Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Zn

16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 APHA 3500-

Fe

17. Lead mg/L <0.49 <0.66 <0.42 <0.40 <0.35 <0.44 <0.39 <0.50 0.01 APHA 3500-

Pb

18. Nickel mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.00

2 <0.002 <0.002 0.02

APHA 3500-Ni

19. Cadmium mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.003 APHA 3500-

C

20. Total Coliform MPN/100 mL

Absent Absent Absent Absen

t Absen

t Abse

nt Absen

t Absent Absent

APHA 9221 B

21. Faecal Coliform MPN/100 mL


t Absen

t Abse

nt Absen

t Absent Absent

APHA 9221 E

22. E. Coli MPN/100 mL


t Absen

t Abse

nt Absen

t Absent Absent

APHA 9221 F

23. Calcium Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 84 68 214 58 72 96 98 296 - APHA 3500-

Ca

24. Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 44 200 142 50 44 52 62 196 - APHA 3500-

Mg

25. Phenolic compound mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.00

1 <0.001 <0.001 0.002 APHA 5530

26. Fluoride mg/L 0.4 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 1.5 APHA 5400-

F-

27. Salinity mg/L 51 58.0 34.0 32.0 36.0 27.0 36.0 52.0 - APHA 2520

B

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.1 5.9 5.7 4.8 5.7 5.7 6.0 5.8 - APHA 4500-

O Source: Water Analysis during study period

EIA REPORT



Observation of ground water monitoring results:

➢ All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms (<5 Hazen).

➢ All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 6.81 to 8.10).

➢ TDS in samples ranges from 192 mg/L (Gadgadsangvi village) to 788 mg/L (Nandur

vaidhya village). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L.

➢ Total Hardness in the water ranges from 108 mg/L (Gadgadsangvi village) to 492 mg/L

(Nandur vaidhya village). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 600 mg/L.

➢ Calcium content in the water ranges from 16.41 mg/L (Project site) to 118.63 mg/L

(Nandur vaidhya village), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200 mg/L.

➢ Magnesium content in the water ranges from 8.95 mg/L (Padlideshmukh village) to 48.6

mg/L (Wadivare Village). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 100 mg/L.

➢ Sulfate content in the water ranges from 2.95 mg/L (Project site) to 29.25 mg/L (Nandur

vaidhya village). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 400 mg/L for drinking water.

➢ Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.3 mg/L (Janori) to 0.6 mg/L (Dahegamewadi

& padlideshmukh). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 1.5 mg/L for drinking

water.

➢ Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 20 mg/L (project site) to 244 mg/L

(Nandur vaidhya village). All the samples are within the permissible limit of drinking water

(600 mg/L).

➢ Chlorides range from 14 mg/L (Dahegaon village) to 91.97 mg/L (Nandur vaidhya village).

Which are below permissible limits (1000 mg/L).

➢ Heavy metals like Copper, Lead, Nickel, Cadmium and Zinc are well below the limit in all

samples.

Hence, it can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and

desirable characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012.

3.12.2. Surface Water Quality:

Surface water samples were collected from 8 locations during the study period and analyzed

for a number of physico-chemical parameters.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.14 Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations (Source: Google Image)

Table 3.13 Surface Water Sampling Locations

Location Code

Name of Location Distance from Project

Site Direction from project

site

SW1 Pond near Wadivare

Village

2.25 Km NNW

SW2 Mukane Dam Reservoir

2.69 Km SW

SW3 Waldavi Dam Reservoir

6 Km N

SW4 Darna Reservoir up-stream

8.55 Km SSE

SW5 Darna Reservoir down-stream

8.37 Km ESE

SW6 Rajur bahula Pond

7.41 Km NNE

SW7 Aund Vahal nallah up-stream

4.3 Km SSW

SW8 Aund Vahal nalah down-stream

6.53 Km SE


EIA REPORT



Table 3.14 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area

S.

No. Parameter Units Result

Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1 pH --- 8.11 7.64 7.29 7.09 7.69 7.54 7.50 7.25

2 Conductivity mS/cm 1.05 0.99 1.09 1.28 0.86 1.04 1.15 1.06

3 Turbidity NTU 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

4 Color Hazen <5 5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

5 Odor - Agreea

ble

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

Agreea

ble

Agreea

ble

Agreeab

le

Agreea

ble

Agreeabl

e

6 Total Dissolved

Solid mg/L 681 623 716 846 564 684 768 692

7 Total Suspended

Solid mg/L 18 8 12 14 6 10 14 12

8 Sulphate mg/L 27.55 29.75 32.9 44.85 19.55 28.45 36.95 47.4

9 Chloride mg/L 99 80.0 120 159.0 84.0 112.0 125.0 118.0

10 Total Hardness mg/L 384 368 396 454 322 396 422 374

11 Calcium as Ca mg/L 128.93 95.89 102.6 118 78.89 94.6 120.4 124

12 Magnesium Mg mg/L 14.98 31.17 33.89 38.63 30.32 38.75 29.4 15.55

13 Alkalinity mg/L 82 70 42 48 56 78 78 48

14 Copper mg/L <0.1 <0.18 <0.07 <0.1 <0.11 <0.1 <0.1 <0.13

EIA REPORT



S.

No. Parameter Units Result

15 Zinc mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

16 Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

17 Lead mg/L <0.47 <0.52 <0.90 <0.64 <0.001 <0.001 <0.40 <0.66

18 Nickel mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

19 Cadmium mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

20 Total Coliform MPN/100

21mL Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

21 Faecal Coliform MPN/100

mL Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

22 E. Coli MPN/100

mL Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

23 Calcium Hardness

as CaCO3 mg/L 246 214 268 298 192 252 278 236

24 Magnesium

Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 138 154 128 156 130 144 144 98

25 Phenolic compound mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

26 Fluoride mg/L 1.16 1.22 0.6 0.8 0.58 0.7 0.65 0.54

27 Salinity mg/L 586.8 802.4 236 224 253 226 287 276

28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.8 4.2 5.0 4.4 4.6

EIA REPORT



Table 3.15 Standard Water Quality Criteria

Class of

Water Designated best use Criteria

A Drinking Water Source

without conventional

treatment but after

disinfection

• Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

50 or less

• pH between 6.5 and 8.5

• Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more

• Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l

or less

B Outdoor bathing (Organized) • Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

500 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5



or less

C Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

• Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

5000 or less pH between 6 to 9



or less

D Propagation of Wild life and

Fisheries

• pH between 6.5 to 8.5


• Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

E Irrigation, Industrial Cooling,

Controlled Waste disposal

• pH betwwn 6.0 to 8.5

• Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm

Max.2250

• Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

• Boron Max. 2 mg/L

(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/Water_Quality_Criteria.php)

Observation on Surface water Quality:

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the

study area, it is observed that,

The quality of Pond near Wadivare Village, Mukane Dam Reservoir, Waldavi Dam Reservoir,

Darna Reservoir up-stream And Down stream, Rajur bahula Pond, Aund Vahal nallah up-

EIA REPORT



stream and down stream can be compared with class D as per the classification for inland

surface water. As there pH was observed as 7.09 & 8.1 respectively & Dissolved oxygen was

found to be more than 4 mg/l.

3.13. Soil Environment

Soil is our most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes from the

earth and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter, minerals, clay & water.

Soil is the seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi, earthworms, bacteria etc. These

are very beneficial in promoting soil reactions and decomposing the organic matter by which

essential nutrients for plants are liberated. Most of the soil is made-up of two main parts:

Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark brown in

color and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.

Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms,

roundworms, insects, etc. Actually more living organisms live in the soil than above it.

For general characterization of soil a few random samples from the study area to the depth of

about 15-cm may sufficient. Deeper soil samples may be needed only for the study of soil profile.

3.13.1. Methodology

The soil samples were collected from 8 selected locations during monitoring season. The samples

collected were homogeneous representative of each sampling location. At random sub-locations

were identified at each location and soil samples were collected from 5 to 15 cm below the surface.

It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The samples about 500-gms were

packed in polythene bags labeled in the field with location, number and sent to the laboratory for

the analysis of physicochemical parameters.

3.13.2. Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was conducted once during the study period of monitoring season. 8 soil samples

were collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed project. For studying soil

quality environment in the study area, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the existing plant area representing various land use conditions. The

homogenized samples were analyzed for physicochemical characteristics.

Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine the existing

soil characteristics of the study area.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.15 Google Image showing Soil Monitoring Locations


Table 3.16 Soil Sampling Locations

Sample ID Sampling Location Distance from Project Site


S1 Project Site - -

S2 Wadivare 1.52 Km NNW

S3 Kurhegaon 2.97 Km SE

S4 Gadgadsangvi 4.14 Km NW

S5 Dahegaon 6.16 Km NW

S6 Padlideshmukh 5.05 Km S

S7 Lahamagewadi 4 Km N

S8 Nandur vaidya 6.15 Km ESE

EIA REPORT



3.13.2.2 Analysis of Soil Samples

Table 3.17 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil

Sr.

No. Parameters Unit

Results

Project

Site Wadivare Kurhegaon Gadgadsangvi Dahegaon Padlideshmukh

Lahamagewadi Nandur

vaidya

1. pH - 8.1 8.3 8.4 8.2 8.4 8.3 7.9 8.1

2.

Mechanical

soil analysis

(soil texture)

- Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

3. Electrical

Conductivity

mS/cm 0.37 0.38 0.34 0.36 0.32 0.33 0.31 0.4

4. Soil Moisture

Content

% 36 34 38 35 32 37 39 34

5. Organic

Carbon

% 0.81 0.86 0.88 0.84 0.68 0.82 0.87 0.8

6. Organic Matter % 1.9 1.8 2.1 1.9 2.1 1.8 2.1 1.9

7. Phosphorus mg/kg 32 29 30 33 34 36 35 37

8. Total Kjeldahl

Nitrogen

mg/kg 144 162 159 164 158 163 168 159

9. Potassium as

K

mg/kg 61 65 62 65 68 67 64 62.5

10. Calcium mg/kg 212 208.4 212.4 210.6 209.4 210.4 208.5 209

11. Magnesium mg/kg 49.8 46.4 48.2 45.8 47.2 46.9 48 44.8

12. Chloride mg/kg 246 228 274 309 299 299 290 293

13. Copper as Cu mg/kg 38 35 32 29 30 27 32 28

EIA REPORT



Sr.

No. Parameters Unit

Results

Project

Site Wadivare Kurhegaon Gadgadsangvi Dahegaon Padlideshmukh

Lahamagewadi Nandur

vaidya

14. Zinc as Zn mg/kg 2.7 2.3 2.6 2.4 2.5 2.7 2.3 2.8

15. Iron as Fe mg/kg 0.34 0.32 0.36 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.32 0.33

16. Lead as Pb mg/kg 0.52 0.56 0.58 0.54 0.55 0.48 0.56 0.59

17. Nickel as Ni mg/kg 4.36 4.64 4.36 4.24 4.56 4.52 4.63 4.48

(Source: Analysis by GCI Laboratory)

EIA REPORT



3.13.3. Interpretation of Analytical Results & Conclusions

It is observed from the analysis report that;

Taxonomically soils are mostly sandy loam. pH ranges from 7.9 to 8.4, which means soils are

strongly alkaline in nature. Organic carbon ranges from 0.68 to 0.88 %, which means soils are

medium in content of organic carbon. Total Kjelhahl nitrogen ranges from 144 to 168 mg/kg, which

means soils, are having medium nitrogen content. Available potassium ranges from 61 to 68

mg/kg, which means soils are having medium potassium content. Zinc ranges from 2.3 to 2.8

mg/kg, which means soils are having moderate zinc content.

3.14. Biological Environment

Biological resources of the area are an indicateor of quality/health of the environment of the area.

Therefore, the study of the same is an omporant aspect to minimize the distribution due to the

intervention of the proposed project to accept in a sustainable approach. To achieve the goal, EIA

study was conducted during the month of January to March, 2017 to cover all the biological

parameters.

Nature supports a great variety of living beings under a structural and functional unit called

ecosystem. In any natural ecosystem, there are several components which exist in harmony and

survive only by interdependence. These components may be either biotic or abiotic. Developmental

activities often have great impacts on the biodiversity both ecosystems as well as species level.

Present study has been carried out to inventories the biodiversity exist in the study area of present

project, to evaluate the possible impacts on biodiversity due to project activities and suggest

effective mitigation measures against the negative impacts.

The ecological study was undertaken to understand the present status of ecosystem of the area, to

predict changes as a result of proposed activities and to suggest measures for maintaining the

conditions. This carried through primary survey and secondary data collected from various

Government agencies like Forest Department, Agriculture Department, Scientific literatures etc.

The proposed project area is located in the western edge of Daccan plateau which s a volcanic

formation and ubderlain by thebaseline lava flows. These flows are normally horizontally disposed

over a wide stretch and give rise to table land type of topography also known a plateau.

Biodiversity of this rea is greatly influence by the mountain ranges of Western Ghats which block

rainfall and hencethe area receives relatively rainfall.

3.14.1. Floral Compositions

The floristic survey was carried out in and around the project site. Overall structure of the

vegetation in this area was scattered forest patches intercepted with scrubland and grassland.

Most of the study area is under human settlement and agricultural practice. The grasses were

EIA REPORT



found growing on open places, agricultural area and near human settlements. The most common

grasses Aristida sp., Brachiara sp., Digitaria sp., Heteropogon sp., Themeda sp., Sporobolus sp.,

Cenchrus barbatus, Lasiurus hirsutus and Cymbopogon jwarancusa are found to grow in this

region. These grasses are useful as fodder and also check the soil erosion in the area.

The agricultural practice is mainly depending on monsoon water. The main crops cultivated in the

region are Rice, lab lab bean, cowpea, black gram, horse gram, finger millet, prosomillet and

groundnut. Some irrigated part of the area has vegetables like okra, brinjal and leafy vegetables.

The floral composition of the study area is mostly tropical deciduous type. The various terrestrial

plants available in the study area are reported in below table. Heavy rainfall, moderate and humid

climatic condition favors the richness of flora in study area.

Table 3.18 List of Flora in the Study Area

Sr.No Botanical species Common name Family

Trees

1 Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae

2 Acacia leucophloea Hiwar Mimosaceae

3 Acacia farnesiana Deo Babhul Mimosaceae

4 Acacia nilotica Babhul Mimosaceae

5 Adansonia digitata Gorakh Chinch Bombacaceae

6 Adina cordifolia Haldu (Kadamb) Rubiaceae

7 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

8 Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae

9 Albizzia lebbeck Shirish (Black) Mimosaceae

10 Albizzia odoratissima Chichwa Mimosaceae

11 Albizzia procera Sirus/Shirish (White) Mimosaceae

EIA REPORT




12 Alstonia sololaris Satvin (Saptaparna) Apocynaceae

13 Annona muricata Hanumanphal Annonaceae

14 Annona raticulata Ramphal Annonaceae

15 Annona squamosa Sitaphal Annonaceae

Shrubs

16 Adhatoda vassica Adulsa Acanthaceae

17 Barleria prionitis Korat (Vajradanti) Acanthaceae

18 Calotropis gigantea Ankda (Rui) Asclepiadaceae

19 Capparis horrida Waghoti Capparidaceae

20 Carrissa spinarium Kari Korando

(Karwand)

Apocyanaceae

21 Gardenia resinifera Dikamali Rubiaceae

22 Grewia orbiculata Zingrool/Pharsa Tiliaceae

23 Grewia hirsuta Kharoti Tiliaceae

24 Gymnosporia spinosa Bharati Celastraceae

25 Helicteres isora Muradshend/Maorph Sterculiaceae

Herbs

27 Argemone mexicana Pivala Dhotra Papaveraceae

EIA REPORT




28 Cassia auriculata Tarwar Caesalpiniaceae

29 Cassia tora Tarota Caesalpiniaceae

30 Cleome viscosa Pivali Tilwan Cleomaceae

31 Datura metal Dhatura Solanaceae

32 Hyptis suaveolens Rantulasi Lamiaceae

33 Indigofera cassioides Neel Papilionaceae

34 Parthenium

hysterophorus

Gajargawat

(Congress

Grass)

Astraceae

35 Solanum

xanthocarpum

Chiti katheri kantakari Solanaceae

Grasses and Bamboo

36 Andropogon annulatus Marwel/Guhar Poaceae

37 Cymbopogon martini Tikhdi/Rusa/Rosha Poaceae

38 Cynodon dactylon Duswa/Hariyalli?Do

ob

Poaceae

39 Heteropogon contortus Kusal Poaceae

40 Vetiveria zizanioides Khas Poaceae

Climbers

41 Arbus precatorius Gunj/Gunchi Papilionaceae

42 Acacia pinnata Chilati Mimosaceae

43 Asparagus racemosus Satova/Satawari Liliaceae

EIA REPORT




44 Bauhinia vahlli Mahulbel/Mahul Caesalpiniaceae

(e) Acacia nilotica (f) Acacia farnesiana (g)Tamarindus indica

(h)Azadirachta indica

(i)Lantana camara

(j)Calotropis gigantea (k)Ricininae communis

(l)Adhatoda vasica

(m) Argemone mexicana

(n)Datura metal (o)Tridax procumbens

(p)Cassia tora

Figure 3.16 Dominant Tress species, Shrubs and herbs in the study area

3.14.2. Fauna Composition

The various animal species in the study area are reported.

(A) Mammals:

EIA REPORT



Project and surrounding area is mostly barren land. Hence wild animal density is very low.

During observations, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire study area. But the

assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of information collected from the

Ranger Officer and personal interviews with local peoples. The wildlife animals found in the

study area are Fox, Jackal and Mongoose etc this information collected from local people. The

list of mammalian species along with their schedule in which they are placed according to

Wildlife Act 1972 is given in below table:

Table 3.19 List of Mammals in the study area

Sr.No Botanical species

Common name Family

1 Bandar Common Langur Persbytis entellus

2 Chital Spotted Deer Axis axis

3 Chuha Field Rat Bendicota bengalensis

4 Gilhari Three striped squirrel Funambulus pennati

5 Gilhari Malabar squirrel Soiurns species

6 Jangli Billi Jungle Cat Felis chaus

7 Khargosh Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis

8 Siyar Jackal Canis aureus

9 Lomri Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis

10 Mouse Deer Indian Chevrotain Tragulys meminna

11 Newala Common mongoose Herpestes edwardsii

12 Sahi Indian perqupine Hystrix indica

13 Sambhar Sambhar Cervus unicolor

14 Suar Indian Wild Boar Sus scrofa

(B) Reptiles

EIA REPORT



During field survey Garden Lizard was observed in the study area, but as per the Ranger Officer

and the local information collected from the villagers there are snakes belonging to both

poisonous and non-poisonous category i.e. Cobra, water snake etc.

Table 3.20 Reptilian fauna in the study area

Sr.No Botanical species Common name

Reptiles

1 Cobra Naja naja

2 Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus

3 Russel's Viper Viper russelli

4 The Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus

5 Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus

6 Water Snake Natrix piscator

7 Monitor Lizard Varanus spp.

8 Garden Lizard Agamidi

Avifauna:

The roadside counts of birds were undertaken following standard procedures by traversing a

given distance in which designated sampling areas occur. The milometer of the vehicle was

used to measure the stretch of the study area. Birds were studied by direct observation with the

help of 7x-15x35 ‘‘Optima Zenith’’ binocular and identified by adopting available literature. The

field data were collected by walking through the sampling sites and also the different locations in

study area.During the field survey and with the help of secondary data various bird species were

recorded in the study region is given in below table:

Table 3.21 Avifauna in the study area


Common name Family

1. Bhujanga King Crow (Black Drongo) Dicrurus admisssiil

2. Bulbul Red Vented BulBul Pycnonotus cafer

3. Cheel Common Pariah Kite Milvus migrans

5. Gai-Bagula Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis

EIA REPORT




Common name Family

6. Ganga-Mayna Black Mayna Acridotheres ginginianus

8. Gauriyya House Sparrow Passer domesticus

9. Jangli Kowwa India Jungle crow Corvus macrorhynchos

10. Kabutar Blue rock Pigeon Columba livia

11. Kilchia Bagla Little Egret Egretta garzetta

12. Kowwa House Crow Corvus splendens

13. Koyal Koel Eudynamys scolopacea

14. Myna Indian Myna Acridotheres tristis

15. Nilkant Blue jay (Roller) Coracias melanotos

16. Patringa Small green Bee-eater Merops orientalis

3.15. Socioeconomic Environment

Reconnaissance

Reconnaissance has been done to assess socio-economic status in the study area. The study

area is rural however basic amenities were observed to be available.

Methodology

Detailed socio-economic data were collected within 10 km radius of the existing Project site.

Preliminary information was collected during field investigation followed by secondary data from

the census of India 2011.

Socioeconomic Assessment

Socio economic status of the population is the indicator of the change in the life style due to the

developmental activities taking place in the region. The villages which appears within the 10 km

radius from the centre of the proposed Project site are considered for socioeconomic study.

Demography

There are 30 villages in the study area. The demographic pattern of all the settlements as per

2011 census is given in Table 3.22.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.17 Villages within 10 km radius

Table 3.22 List of villages present in the study area

Sr.No Name Distance from

project site

Direction from

project site

1 Mulegaon 9.64 NW

2 Sarul 8.81 NNE

3 RajurBahula 7.71 NNE

4 Raigadnagar 5.06 NNE

5 Dahegaon 6.13 NW

6 Gaulane 9.03 NE

7 Jategaon 9.06 NNW

8 Vanjarwadi 9.17 ESE

9 Nandadgaon 9.76 WSW

10 Kusegaon 8.41 WSW

11 Shirsate 7.08 SW

12 Modale 7.19 WSW

13 Gadgadsangvi 4.49 WNW

14 Murambi 3.81 W

15 Wadivarhe 1.47 NNW

EIA REPORT



Sr.No Name Distance from

project site

Direction from

project site

16 Lahamagewadi 4.07 NNW

17 BelgaonKurhe 3.47 ESE

18 Kurhegaon 2.9 SE

19 Mukane 5.13 SSE

20 Sanjegaon 7.51 WSW

21 Mundegaon 8.37 S

22 PadliDeshmukh 5.03 S

23 Janori 4.92 SSE

24 Krishnanagar 7.91 SE

25 GhotiKh 9.81 SE

26 Waghere 9.4 S

27 SenvadKh 7.44 SSE

28 Gonde 2.15 S

29 Kawanai 9.8 SW

30 Nandurvaidya 6.18 ESE

Sex Ratio

Sex ratio is number of females per 1000 males. In the study area the sex ratio is 964.43 as per

the Census 2011 the male population is 51 % while female population is 49 % of the total

population.

Table 3.23 Village-wise details of Population

Sr.No Name No of

Households

Total

Population

Person

Total

Population

Male

Total

Population

Female

Sex

ratio

1 Mulegaon 434 2460 1240 1220 983.87

2 Sarul 392 2002 1031 971 941.80

3 RajurBahula 346 1746 912 834 914.47

4 Raigadnagar 188 1098 516 582 1127.91

5 Dahegaon 253 1573 793 780 983.61

6 Gaulane 402 2122 1076 1046 972.12

7 Jategaon 305 1639 837 802 958.18

EIA REPORT



Sr.No Name No of

Households

Total

Population

Person

Total

Population

Male

Total

Population

Female

Sex

ratio

8 Vanjarwadi 419 2202 1115 1087 974.89

9 Nandadgaon 152 888 463 425 917.93

10 Kusegaon 298 1875 904 971 1074.12

11 Shirsate 255 1280 659 621 942.34

12 Modale 306 1683 867 816 941.18

13 Gadgadsangvi 100 556 294 262 891.16

14 Murambi 433 2396 1244 1152 926.05

15 Wadivarhe 1171 5990 3147 2843 903.40

16 Lahamagewadi 310 1989 988 1001 1013.16

17 BelgaonKurhe 235 1291 662 629 950.15

18 Kurhegaon 348 1835 958 877 915.45

19 Mukane 514 3021 1513 1508 996.70

20 Sanjegaon 439 2420 1229 1191 969.08

21 Mundegaon 673 3908 2001 1907 953.02

22 PadliDeshmukh 180 1038 517 521 1007.74

23 Janori 142 880 439 441 1004.56

24 Krishnanagar 291 1601 784 817 1042.09

25 GhotiKh 400 2207 1103 1104 1000.91

26 Waghere 309 1674 879 795 904.44

27 SenvadKh 156 968 526 442 840.30

28 Gonde 612 3324 1698 1626 957.60

29 Kawanai 426 2516 1286 1230 956.45

30 Nandurvaidya 504 2665 1354 1311 968.24

Total 10993 60847 31035 29812 964.43

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.18 Population of the study area

Social Structure:

Out of total population, 6 % is SC population and 5 % is ST Population.

Table 3.24 Social Distribution

Sr. No

Name

Total Populati

on Person

Scheduled

Castes populati

on Person

Scheduled

Castes population Male

Scheduled

Castes populati

on Female

Scheduled

Tribes populati

on Person

Scheduled

Tribes population Male

Scheduled

Tribes populati

on Female

1 Mulegaon 2460 352 190 162 1603 799 804

2 Sarul 2002 180 88 92 881 439 442

3 RajurBahula 1746 105 46 59 663 348 315

4 Raigadnagar

1098 2 1 1 1072 497 575

5 Dahegaon 1573 172 83 89 514 250 264

6 Gaulane 2122 281 146 135 512 245 267

7 Jategaon 1639 190 98 92 623 315 308

8 Vanjarwadi 2202 58 26 32 649 321 328

9 Nandadgaon

888 190 88 102 128 68 60

10 Kusegaon 1875 180 87 93 1670 804 866

EIA REPORT



Sr. No

Name

Total Populati

on Person

Scheduled

Castes populati

on Person

Scheduled

Castes population Male

Scheduled

Castes populati

on Female

Scheduled

Tribes populati

on Person

Scheduled

Tribes population Male

Scheduled

Tribes populati

on Female

11 Shirsate 1280 275 146 129 241 126 115

12 Modale 1683 109 57 52 284 146 138

13 Gadgadsangvi

556 0 0 0 438 230 208

14 Murambi 2396 240 131 109 342 174 168

15 Wadivarhe 5990 460 245 215 871 451 420

16 Lahamagewadi

1989 5 1 4 1981 985 996

17 BelgaonKurhe

1291 213 107 106 23 12 11

18 Kurhegaon 1835 153 76 77 152 74 78

19 Mukane 3021 450 226 224 301 145 156

20 Sanjegaon 2420 151 73 78 304 155 149

21 Mundegaon 3908 124 56 68 1286 651 635

22 PadliDeshmukh

1038 157 74 83 205 106 99

23 Janori 880 21 11 10 143 71 72

24 Krishnanagar

1601 0 0 0 1438 701 737

25 GhotiKh 2207 76 37 39 1111 564 547

26 Waghere 1674 104 59 45 242 147 95

27 SenvadKh 968 1 1 0 965 523 442

28 Gonde 3324 344 170 174 125 67 58

29 Kawanai 2516 82 39 43 1296 661 635

30 Nandurvaidya

2665 243 123 120 381 184 197

Total 60847 4918 2485 2433 20444 10259 10185

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.19 Social profile of the study area

Literacy

The overall percentage of literate in the area is 71.31%. Total literate population is 38755. The

literacy rate of male is 78.43% while literacy rate in female is 64.33%.

S.N Name Total

Population Person

Literates Population

Person


Male


Female

Illiterate Persons

Illiterate Male

Illiterate Female

1 Mulegaon 2460 1376 792 584 1084 448 636

2 Sarul 2002 1200 693 507 802 338 464

3 RajurBahula 1746 1082 629 453 664 283 381

4 Raigadnagar 1098 586 324 262 512 192 320

5 Dahegaon 1573 934 548 386 639 245 394

6 Gaulane 2122 1527 831 696 595 245 350

7 Jategaon 1639 1272 691 581 367 146 221

8 Vanjarwadi 2202 1588 858 730 614 257 357

9 Nandadgaon 888 646 350 296 242 113 129

10 Kusegaon 1875 971 562 409 904 342 562

11 Shirsate 1280 730 441 289 550 218 332

12 Modale 1683 1039 613 426 644 254 390

13 Gadgadsangvi 556 341 205 136 215 89 126

14 Murambi 2396 1624 944 680 772 300 472

EIA REPORT



15 Wadivarhe 5990 4238 2409 1829 1752 738 1014

16 Lahamagewadi 1989 1132 623 509 857 365 492

17 BelgaonKurhe 1291 1006 577 429 285 85 200

18 Kurhegaon 1835 1319 756 563 516 202 314

19 Mukane 3021 2139 1217 922 882 296 586

20 Sanjegaon 2420 1632 919 713 788 310 478

21 Mundegaon 3908 2471 1421 1050 1437 580 857

22 PadliDeshmukh 1038 774 423 351 264 94 170

23 Janori 880 653 347 306 227 92 135

24 Krishnanagar 1601 905 504 401 696 280 416

25 GhotiKh 2207 1513 847 666 694 256 438

26 Waghere 1674 1125 680 445 549 199 350

27 SenvadKh 968 690 414 276 278 112 166

28 Gonde 3324 2413 1356 1057 911 342 569

29 Kawanai 2516 1607 935 672 909 351 558

30 Nandurvaidya 2665 1969 1093 876 696 261 435

Total 60847 40502 23002 17500 20345 8033 12312

Figure 3.20 Population Literacy of the study area

EIA REPORT



Occupational Pattern

The overall percentage of workers in the area is 49 %.

Table 3.25 Occupational Pattern

Sr.No

Name

Total Populat

ion Person

Total Worker Populat

ion Person


ion Male


ion Female

Main Workin

g Populat

ion Person

Main Cultivat

or Populat

ion Person

Main Agricult

ural Laboure

rs Populati

on Person

Main Househ

old Industri

es Populat

ion Person

Main Other

Workers

Population

Person

Marginal

Worker Populat

ion Person

Non Workin

g Populat

ion Person

1 Mulega

on 2460 1340 699 641 1068 484 449 6 129 272 1120

2 Sarul 2002 947 601 346 877 226 58 6 587 70 1055

3 RajurBahul

a 1746 752 526 226 682 243 52 4 383 70 994

4 Raigadnag

ar 1098 545 294 251 508 99 97 4 308 37 553

5 Dahegaon 1573 956 481 475 872 399 399 2 72 84 617

6 Gaulane 2122 932 626 306 837 324 281 11 221 95 1190

7 Jategaon 1639 984 492 492 791 432 237 6 116 193 655

8 Vanjarwadi 2202 1221 664 557 1199 712 414 5 68 22 981

9 Nandadgao

n 888 416 230 186 370 187 179 0 4 46 472

EIA REPORT



10 Kusegaon 1875 1019 490 529 1015 823 167 4 21 4 856

11 Shirsate 1280 685 368 317 664 485 133 4 42 21 595

12 Modale 1683 935 489 446 917 653 129 4 131 18 748

13 Gadgadsan

gvi 556 342 185 157 340 106 228 1 5 2 214

14 Murambi 2396 1263 733 530 1059 654 216 7 182 204 1133

15 Wadivarhe 5990 2822 1763 1059 2472 1071 557 75 769 350 3168

16 Lahamagewadi

1989 1012 504 508 1008 407 555 2 44 4 977

17 BelgaonKurhe

1291 615 355 260 583 228 270 6 79 32 676

18 Kurhegaon 1835 789 537 252 751 429 56 15 251 38 1046

19 Mukane 3021 1229 839 390 1022 478 309 30 205 207 1792

20 Sanjegaon 2420 1267 685 582 1133 569 455 19 90 134 1153

21 Mundegaon

3908 1382 1052 330 1077 595 157 46 279 305 2526

22 PadliDeshmukh

1038 415 267 148 381 196 135 1 49 34 623

23 Janori 880 404 216 188 384 208 126 1 49 20 476

24 Krishnanagar

1601 777 402 375 582 377 181 1 23 195 824

25 GhotiKh 2207 973 641 332 650 392 109 7 142 323 1234

26 Waghere 1674 876 508 368 674 322 163 2 187 202 798

27 SenvadKh 968 299 214 85 274 123 114 4 33 25 669

28 Gonde 3324 1946 1038 908 1780 1041 307 63 369 166 1378

29 Kawanai 2516 1153 720 433 1029 590 307 84 48 124 1363

30 Nandurvaidya

2665 1333 761 572 1209 650 280 9 270 124 1332

Total 60847 29629 17380 12249 26208 13503 7120 429 5156 3421 31218

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.21 Occupational Pattern of the study area

3.16. Traffic survey

Reconnaissance

The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the road

near the project site. The composition of Traffic includes Two Wheelers, Three Wheelers (Goods

& Passenger Autos, Four Wheeler (Passenger Cars) and Four Wheeler Heavy Vehicles like

Trucks, Lorries Busses etc.

Traffic survey of the Study Area

Data was collected by physically counting the number of vehicles plying in Mumbai- Nashik

National Highway-3. The hourly counts were carried out for the different type/category of vehicles.

1) Location: 1 – Double Lane Road: NH-3 Mumbai- Nashik

Table 3.26 Traffic Survey conducted on Double Lane Road: NH-3 Mumbai- Nashik

Sr. No. Vehicle Type During peak Hrs (No. of vehicles/hr)

No. of vehicles in PCU During

peak Hrs

During Lean Hrs (No. of vehicles/hr)


Lean Hrs

1 Two Wheelers 588 429 428 330

2 Three Wheelers 134 172 143 279

3 Cars/Sumos 692 701 257 274

EIA REPORT



Sr. No. Vehicle Type During peak Hrs (No. of vehicles/hr)


peak Hrs

During Lean Hrs (No. of vehicles/hr)


Lean Hrs

4 Buses/Mini

Buses 92 202 82 175

5 Trucks/Lorries 124 261 98 209

6 Other Heavy

vehicles 65 276 60 210

7 Slow moving

vehicles (Cycle) 0 0 0 0

Total 1695 2041 1068 1477

Lean Hrs: Before 8 hrs (morning), 1 to 5 hrs afternoon & after 9 hrs (evening).

Peak Hrs: After 8 to1 hrs & 5 to 9 hrs in the evening.

PCU: Passenger Car Units

Figure 3.22 Graph of Vehicular concentration at Peak hour & Lean hour for NH-3 Mumbai- Nashik

Existing Traffic Scenario and Level of Services (NH-3)

The road from NH-3 Mumbai- Goa is 8 meter wide with double lane without divider. All types of

EIA REPORT



vehicles move on the road.

Capacity of road as per IRC = 3600 PCU’s/hr

Total volume during peak hours = 1695

existing volume/capacity ratio =1695/3600 = 0.47

the level of service is “C” that is Good.

Total Volume during Lean Hours =1068

Existing Volume/Capacity ratio =1068/3600 =0.29

the level of service is “B” that is Very Good.

Modified traffic scenario during operation phase of the project:

After completion of the project the expected PCUs will be around 8 PCUs per hour.

Total volume during peak hours during construction of the project (V) = 1695 + 8= 1703

Capacity of Road as per IRC (C) = 3600 PCU’s/hr

Modified Existing Volume/Capacity ratio will be (V/C) = 1703/3600 = 0.47

The level of service of the road will be “C” during construction that is “Good”.

Table 3.27 Level of Service

S. No. Existing Volume/Capacity

Ratio Level of Services

1 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent)

2 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good)

3 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good)

4 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (Fair)

5 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)

Results:

The above traffic survey for NH- 3 Mumbai- Nashik (Double lane road of 8 meter wide) & the

Level of service is “C” which is good during peak hour. The condition of the road during

operation phase of the project is envisaged to be good.

EIA REPORT



3.17. Baseline monitoring photographs:

Ambient Air Monitoring at Dahegaon Ambient Noise Monitoring at NH-3

Ground water sampling at Gadgadsangavi Surface water sampling at Rajurbahula pond

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1. Prelude

Prediction of environmental impacts is the most important component in the impact assessment

study, as it provides quantitative information on anticipated environmental impacts from a project

well in advance. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are available for

predicting impacts from developmental projects on the surrounding physicochemical, ecological

and socio-economic components of environment. The results obtained from the predictions are

superimposed over the baseline data (pre-project) to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario

of environmental quality status in the study area around the proposed project site. The

quantitative impacts derived from predictions are also essential to delineate effective

environmental management plan for minimizing the adverse impacts on the surrounding

environment during construction and operation phases of the project.

The following sections identify the potential impacts on the environment from the proposed

project based on the nature and extent of the various activities associated with the project

implementation and operation, as well as the current status of the environmental quality at the

project site. Both beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts are considered.

4.2. Valued Environmental Components and Potential Impacts

The project activities will interact with various valued Environmental Components viz., air, water,

soil, land, flora & fauna, etc. The components that may be affected due to the proposed

manufacturing of Bulk drug intermediates and require focused evaluation are summarized in the

following sub-sections, considering both construction phase as well as operation phase of the

project:

4.2.1. Potential Impacts during Project Operation

• Impact on Air Environment

• Impact on Noise Environment

• Impact on Water Environment

• Impact due to Solid Waste/ Hazardous Waste

• Impact on Terrestrial Ecology

• Impact on Land Environment

• Impact on Socio-economic Environment

EIA REPORT



4.3. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Project Implementation (Construction phase)

4.3.1. Air Environment, Noise Environment, Land Environment, Solid and Hazardous

waste, Site Security and Safety, Water Environment, Soil Environment, Socio-

economic Environment, Health and Well-being of Construction Workers

There will not be any significant environmental impacts on the above aspects because there is

minimal construction and/or machenary installation work involved in the proposed expansion

project. The proposed project is an expansion of existing products as well as addition of new

products to the existing manufacturing unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates. For the expansion of

production capacity, existing facilities will be utilized and some machinery such as reactors,

centrifuge, mill, etc. will be installed & some foundation work will also be carried out as per

requirement.

4.4. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation phase

Some of the potentially significant environmental impacts from the proposed project will be in

Water environment, Land environment, Air environment, Soild- Hazardous waste, Soil quality,

socio-economics, Ecology & biodiversity, Odour problem and Energy conservation.

4.4.1. Air Environment

Air environment is likely to be affected due to emissions from combustion of fuels used in

machineries, vehicles, Boiler and DG Set. Point and non point source of pollutants will be there

which may cause serious threat to the air quality and it can result in many secondary impacts

like occupation & social health, corrosion of metallic structures of area etc.

Mitigation Measures:

• DG set will be operated as a power back-up only.

• Stack of adequate height as per CPCB norms will be erected.

• Periodical monitoring will be carried out.

• To control the fugitive emission proper practices regular maintenance of plant and

similar measures will be practiced for proposed project.

• Scrubber is installed for process emissions. Another scrubber will also be installed for further

expansion project.

The air quality impacts have been predicted for the proposed plant assuming baseline air quality.

Site-specific meteorological parameters have been recorded by continuous monitoring. Short

term 24 hourly GLC's incremental values were estimated using the site-specific meteorological

conditions.

EIA REPORT



Model and Methodology for Computation

AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software, which is a Gaussian-Plume atmospheric

dispersion algorithm for estimating concentration of pollutant, has been used to predict the

Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) of TSP, SO2 and NOx due to proposed plant activity. The

GLC’s were predicted on 24 hourly average basis keeping in view the prescribed national

ambient air quality standards (NAAQS).

Data used for Modeling

The hourly meteorological data along with emission rate for individual pollutants used for

prediction of air quality impacts as given in chapter 2 has been taken into consideration.

4.4.1.1 Ground level conc. for TSP

The predicted concentrations of TSP for the study period are shown below

Table 4.1 Ground level concentration of TSP in µg/m3

Sr.

No.

Name of

Village

Distance &

Direction

Predicted

GLC µg/m3

Baseline

result (Avg.)

µg/m3

zIncremental result

after development

of Project

1 Project Site 4.74 Km, ESE 0.017 70.65 70.667

2 Wadivare 4.97 Km, NW 0.026 86.69 86.716

3 Kurhegaon 0.8 Km, S 0.017 65.57 65.587

4 Gadgadsangvi 2.92 Km, ENE 0.0 64.26 64.26

5 Dahegaon 2.59 Km, NW 0.0 68.55 68.55

6 Gondedumla 3.01 Km, NE 0.0 73.21 73.21

7 Lahamagewadi 3.93 Km, SW 0.026 71.55 71.576

8 Belgaon 4.74 Km, ESE 0.0 72.03 72.03

EIA REPORT



Figure 4.1 Ground level concentration of TSP

4.4.1.2 Ground level conc. for SO2

The predicted concentrations of SO2 for the study period are shown below:

Table 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2 in µg/m3

Sr.

No.

Name of

Village

Distance &

Direction

Predicted

GLC

µg/m3

Baseline

result (Avg.)

µg/m3

Incremental result

after development

of Project


2 Wadivare 4.97 Km, NW 0.052 9.45 9.502

3 Kurhegaon 0.8 Km, S 0.035 5.90 5.935


EIA REPORT



Sr.

No.

Name of

Village

Distance &

Direction

Predicted

GLC

µg/m3

Baseline

result (Avg.)

µg/m3

Incremental result

after development

of Project

5 Dahegaon 2.59 Km, NW 0.0 8.23 8.23

6 Gondedumla 3.01 Km, NE 0.0 8.79 8.79


8 Belgaon 4.74 Km, ESE 0.0 8.62 8.62

Figure 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2

4.4.1.3 Ground level conc. for NOx

The predicted concentrations of NOx for the study period are shown below;

EIA REPORT



Table 4.3 Ground level concentration of NOx in µg/m3

Sr.

No.

Name of

Village Distance &

Direction

Predicted

GLC

µg/m3

Baseline

result (Avg.)

µg/m3

Incremental result

after development

of Project


2 Wadivare 4.97 Km, NW 0.039 25.14 25.179

3 Kurhegaon 0.8 Km, S 0.026 12.46 12.486


5 Dahegaon 2.59 Km, NW 0.0 19.19 19.19

6 Gondedumla 3.01 Km, NE 0.0 20.50 20.50


8 Belgaon 4.74 Km, ESE 0.0 20.17 20.17

Figure 4.3 Ground level concentration of NOx

EIA REPORT



4.4.2. Noise Environment

Impact:

Operational phase impacts will mainly result from the operation of compressor and transfer

pumps. Noise level near the compressor has been predicted to exceed 75 dB(A), therefore site

workers shall be provided with personal protective equipments (PPEs). Also, it has been

envisaged that noise impacts on local community due to proposed project activities will be

insignificant as noise levels of less than 45 dB(A) have been predicted at a distance of one

kilometer the impacts will be insignificant. Noise may also be generated due to movement of

heavy vehicles, medium vehicles and automobiles during operational phase. However, it has

been envisaged that increase in noise impacts due to vehicular movement will be temporary and

marginal to be considered for their impacts on nearby human settlement.


• Rubber pads or any other noise absorbing materials will be provided around noise

generating sources like pumps and blowers etc.

• Workers will be provided with PPEs like ear plugs, ear mufflers etc.

• Periodic maintenance of machinery shall be undertaken to reduce the noise impact.

• In case of Power failure, DG sets will be used with acoustic enclosures.

• Sufficient green area will be maintained in & around the project site, which will act as a

noise barrier.

4.4.3. Water Environment

Total water requirement of the project after expansion for domestic & Industrial activity during

operation phase will be 54.41 KLD. Water requirement for the industrial purpose will be 44.26

KLD, for the domestic purpose will be 6.13 KLD and 4.02 KLD for green belt. Main source of

water supply is tanker water supply.


concentrated stream. High concentrated stream i.e. effluent generated from the process will be

sent to the stripper, where solvents will be recovered and the remaining effluent will be sent to

MEE for further treatment. Condensate generated from the MEE will be sent to existing ETP.


floor washing will be treated into ETP followed by RO and MEE. Domestic wastewater will be

sent to ETP for further treatment.

EIA REPORT



Treated water will be reused for flushing, gardening, washing and cooling Tower make-up. Thus,

Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) will be achieved. Hence, no significant impact on ground water and

surface water is envisaged.

4.4.4. Storm Water

Impact: The rain water from the building roofs, paved areas and other areas will be directed

through closed pipeline to natural drainage.


It will be ensure that no plant area water get mixed with storm water drain. Surface run-off from

the site is channelized through storm water drains and treated in existing ETP.

4.4.5. Surface Water Quality

Impact: It is proposed to treat all the industrial wastewater generated from the plant in the ETP

followed by RO & MEE; treated water will be reused in different activities. Thus, Zero Liquid

Discharge (ZLD) will be achieved. Hence, proposed project will not have any impact on surface

water resources.

4.4.6. Land Environment

Impact:

During operation phase spillage or leakage in any form may destroy the quality of soil around the

plant. Impact of chemicals will be taken into consideration while handling materials. Every

precaution will be taken to prevent spillage. Solid wastes will be segregated and handed over to

authorized vendor. Thus no significant impact is envisaged on soil environment.


The green area development and tree plantation will help in enhancing the aesthetics of the

plant.

4.4.7. Solid and Hazardous Waste

Wastes like process waste and organic waste are to be separately collected & sent for safe

disposal or sold to the authorized vendor. The final hazardous wastes from the plant as

classified under Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016 will be disposed off in the common hazardous waste secured landfill site or send to

the authorized vendors/to the authorized recycler.

EIA REPORT




Hazardous waste generated from the facility shall be disposed off in suitable manner as per the

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. The

hazardous wastes generated such as used oil, Distillation residues, Waste residues, Spent

solvents, ETP Sludge, Oil & grease skimming, Filter material, discarded product material (R & D

basis) and Discarded containers generated from the proposed project shall be collected and

shall be sold to the authorized recyclers or CHWTSDF site or authorized vendor identified by the

MPCB/CPCB. Authorization from MPCB has already taken for Hazardous Waste disposal to

authorized vendor.

Solid waste management includes following:

• Measures to minimize waste generation

• Operation of waste handling, treatment and disposal facilities

The hazardous solid wastes generated from the proposed expansion project will be sent to

disposal site as per MPCB/CPCB guidelines. The waste management plan includes:

• Waste inventory

• Classification of waste

• Packaging, storing and transporting wastes to disposal site

• Data management and reporting

• Contingency plan

• Personnel training

• Waste minimization

The requirements, which will be specified in the Authorization from MPCB, will be followed. The

manifest system will also be implemented for control and record keeping.

Resource Conservation/ Waste Minimization:

The unit shall also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

• Volatiles in the by-products will be condensed and reused.

• Volatile raw materials and solvents will be separated by fractional distillation and will be

recycled into process.

Good House Keeping:

Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Some of these are as

follows:

EIA REPORT



• Solid wastes generated from the process and packaging are to be separately collected

and disposed off instead of allowing these to join effluent streams. This will reduce load

and increase the efficiency of treatment system.

• Liquid wastes from various sections such as scrubbing facility, recovery and purification

of final product shall be collected and stored separately and released at a regulated rate

so as to avoid shock loads to the treatment plant.

Minimizing Solid Wastes Disposal:

The following points are suggested to facilitate solid wastes disposal:

• Efficient collection and transportation mechanism for disposal of solid wastes.

• Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and implement such

schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility exists.

Discarded Container/ Barrels/ Liners Management:

• Discarded containers/ barrels will be kept at a designated place with paved surface.

These will be decontaminated (washed/cleaned) and after that will be stored in the

designated area in storage yard. Later on these will be sold to the authorized vendors/

recyclers as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.

• The record of discarded containers/ barrels stored in storage yard will be maintained and

also, inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers will be maintained.

4.4.8. Socio-Economic Environment

Impact:

The proposed project will have some positive impact on the industrial growth in the region. It is

anticipated that during the operation phase, the proposed project will generate some direct and

indirect employment due to different activities.


The overall project will have a long term benefit and hence no mitigation measure is required.

However, as per the skills, preference to local people shall be given in employment.

EIA REPORT



4.4.9. Ecology and Biodiversity

Impact:

The project activity does not require tree cutting during land clearing and the plant activities are

not expected to have any impact on the ecology and biodiversity.


A total of 4600 m2 area (36.8%) has been earmarked for greenbelt development, which will help

in development of biodiversity. The indigenous plants are planted along with ornamental

trees/shrubs to provide an aesthetic environment within and around the plant. The maintenance

of the greenbelt developed will be ensured and survival rate of the plants will also be studied

every half yearly. Treated water will be used for greenbelt development.

4.4.10. Odour Problem

Impact:

Some of the processes and wastes generated from the plant may release high odour.

Undesirable odour contributes to air quality concerns and affect human lifestyles. On the

economic front, loss of property value near odour-causing operations/industries and odorous

environment is partly a consequence of offensive odour. Odour is undoubtedly the most complex

of all the air pollution problems. Mainly odour generated by the industries varies enormously

since they can be generated during the production, processing, or even in the waste water

treatment areas of the plants.


Control of VOCs and fugitive Emissions:

• Sampling points will be provided with double valve followed by suction hoods which will

be connected to ducting system leading to scrubbing system.

• Odour causing raw materials will be charged in closed chambers with exhaust of

chambers connected to ducting system leading to scrubbing system.

• All waste storage tanks and waste preparation and raw material storage tanks will be

connected to vacuum system. These off gases will be connected to scrubbers.

EIA REPORT



Additional Measures

• “Odour rounds” by non-plant personnel will hold regular meetings and odour rounds in

the factory premises for ensuring effective implementation of odour control measures.

• As a long term measure to improve the environment, plantation of trees within factory

premises as well as along the nearby roads is done.

• All critical vessels, pumps and reactors which have potential to generate odour will be

fitted with mechanical seals to prevent leakage and therefore odour.

• De-odorizer solution will be sprayed through special network, which will be laid around

the plant. It will help in neutralizing the fugitive emissions.

• Beneath all sample points/ drain points, spill control powder containing trays will be kept

so as to adsorb even slightest of leakage, if at all arises from these points. The spill

control powder will then be sent for disposal as a solid waste.

4.4.11. Energy Conservation

During the operation phase of the project, energy resources will be required for operating various

pumping machineries for water & wastewater, internal road lighting, common utilities etc.

Solar Electricity Generation Plant is installed at Factory premises for generating between 886 to

1063 KVA (unit) per day and utilized for production activity

Solar Water Heater Plant is installed at Factory premises for generating 3000 liter per day and

utilized for production activity saving 120 to 180 liters of LDO per day.

The following options can be used for energy conservation:

• Energy efficient machineries shall be used during operation phase as per Energy

Conservation Building Code 2007.

• Wherever possible in the plant, utilization of renewable sources of energy for

conservation of non-renewable sources of energy shall be ensured.

• Sufficient care shall be taken to prevent/ minimize energy losses at each stage of

development.

• Every year energy audit shall be conducted through competent authority nominated by

Govt. of India.

EIA REPORT



4.4.12. Safety Provisions

• All the provisions as per the Factories Act, 1948, Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also, the

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

to be followed.

• M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty chemicals Limited will have an occupational health centre

having a trained pharmacist or a profession doctor has been contracted for regular health

check-ups of the employees.

4.5. Potential Environmental Impact Matrix

The interaction between project activities and its impact on environmental parameters is

described in below table:

Table 4.4 Matrix for Various Project Activities and Associated Potential Environmental Impacts on Various Environmental Attributes

Air

Lan

d

Am

bie

nt

No

ise

Wa

ter

Qu

ality

So

lid

Wa

ste

Flo

ra

Fau

na

So

cio

-

eco

no

mic

En

vir

on

me

nt

Construction Phase:

Operation of Construction Machinery

ST- ST-

Transportation of Machinery

ST- ST-

Influx of Workers ST- ST- ST- ST+

Income Generation ST+

Employment Generation

ST+

Operation Phase:

Operation of Industry LT- ST- LT- LT- LT- ST- ST+

Effluent Generation & Discharge

ST- LT- ST- ST- ST- ST-

Solid Waste Generation & Disposal

ST- ST- ST- ST- ST-

Hazardous Waste Generation & Disposal

LT- ST- ST- ST- ST-

Increase in Vehicular Movement

LT- ST- ST-

Transportation of Raw Material and Final

LT- ST- ST-

EIA REPORT



Air

Lan

d

Am

bie

nt

No

ise

Wa

ter

Qu

ality

So

lid

Wa

ste

Flo

ra

Fau

na

So

cio

-

eco

no

mic

En

vir

on

me

nt

Products

Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

ST- ST- ST- ST-

Greenbelt Development

LT+ LT+ LT+ LT+ LT+ LT+ LT+

Influx of Workers ST- ST- ST- LT+

Employment Generation

ST- ST- ST- LT+

Note:

• ST+ : Short Term Positive

• ST- : Short Term Negative

• LT+ : Long Term Positive

• LT- : Long Term Negative

Impact Statement

The impact on socio-economic status of the project would be predominantly positive, if the

proper implementations of the measures suggested in the EMP are made.

Overall impact:

The overall impact of the proposed expansion project is beneficial as the impact on the air,

noise, water, land and biological environments are not very significant and the socioeconomic

benefits are predominantly positive.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1. Introduction

It is the best practice that the EIA should consider project alternatives and their relative potential

impact on the environment. Alternatives must, however, be both practical and reasonable, within

the overall constraints of the proposed project development. The project alternative is the way of

action in pace of another, that would meet the same purpose and need, but which would avoid or

minimize negative impacts and enhance project benefits.

Project activities may consume natural resources and discharge wastes, which are likely to have

serious consequence to the environment. A number of alternative options may be available to

carry out many of these activities. An option with least or nil adverse environment impacts is to

be selected. Critical analysis is therefore required for selection of the right alternative. Alternative

Analysis (AA) has been done for critical aspects of the project.

M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited has proposed expansion for manufacturing capacity

of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates at the exiting facility. While selecting this site for production

capacity expansion and manufacturing of new products, Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited

has considered following factors:

5.2. Analysis of Site Alternative

The project is in proximity of Nashik district of Maharashtra State. Site is located near the Nashik

– Mumbai National Highway (NH-3). Proponent is very well familiar with the surrounding

environment as it is an expansion project; therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to expand the

production capacity on above said location.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,

• Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication, Transportation, medical

facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw materials, road network

etc.

• Nearest town Nashik is 20.0 km away from the project site, which are very well connected

with other parts of the country by road & rail;

• Minimal additional construction or plant/ equipment/ machinery are required for proposed

expansion and addition of new products.

• As the proposed project is an expansion project, there is no Rehabilitation & Resettlement

involved;

EIA REPORT



• Easy availability of manpower for proposed activities;

The location of project is best suited to start above manufacturing activities, so no alternative for

site is analyzed.

5.3. Analysis of Alternative for technologies

Alternatives for technologies considered are mentioned in the table, given below:

Table 5.1 Alternatives for technologies

Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives

Water Wastewater generated from the plant will

be segregated into low concentrated

stream and high concentrated stream.

High concentrated stream i.e. effluent

generated from the process will be sent

to the stripper, where solvents will be

recovered and the remaining effluent will

be sent to MEE for further treatment.

Condensate generated from the MEE will

be sent to existing ETP.

Low concentrated stream i.e. wastewater

generated from cooling tower, boiler,

equipment and floor washing will be

treated into ETP followed by RO and

MEE. Domestic wastewater will be sent

to ETP for further treatment.

Treated water will be reused for flushing,

gardening, washing and cooling Tower

make-up. Thus ZLD will be achived.

The existing effluent treatment

system is adequate to achieve the

norms specified by CPCB/MPCB.

Hence no alternative is considered.

Air Stacks of adequate height as per the

MPCB/CPCB standards are provided for

the boiler, Scrubber (Process Reactor)

and D.G set.

The existing APCM is adequate to

keep the emission within limit.

Hence, No alternative is considered.

EIA REPORT



Solid/

Hazardous

waste

Hazardous Waste will be stored in

separate hazardous waste storage area.

The hazardous wastes are finally

disposed at approved CHWTSDF site,

and /or disposed by selling to registered

recycler or sale to the authorized vendor

approved by MPCB/CPCB.

As existing and proposed disposal

facilities are safe disposal facilities

and also guided by authority. No

thoughts are required to switching

on other alternative.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAME

6.1. Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Monitoring describe the processes and activities that need to take place to

characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental Monitoring is used in the

preparation of the environmental impact assessment, as well as in many circumstances in which

human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring

strategies and programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish the

current status of an environment and prediction of the impact of future development and/or

alteration in the operation and design of existing installation. Environmental Monitoring Network is

operation phase of the project for monitoring of various Environmental parameters like air, water,

Noise, soil etc.

M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited is located at Gut No. – 204, Nashik – Mumbai

highway, A/p – Vadivarhe, Tal. – Igatpuri, Dist. – Nashik – 422 403 (Maharashtra). Usually, as in

the case of the present study, an impact assessment study is carried out over a short period of

time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by natural or by human activities.

Environmental Monitoring Program will be modified as per requirement after the proposed new

plant.

6.2. Objectives of Monitoring

• To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of

EC, NOC and CC&A.

• To comply with the provision of factory Act.

• To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

development.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan

additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

• To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

• To establish a data base for future impact assessment studies for new project.

6.3. Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Monitoring should be carried out during construction and operation phase of the

project.

EIA REPORT



Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense importance

to assess the status of the environment during an operational phase. With the knowledge of

baseline condition, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in

environmental conditions due to operational phase and suitable mitigation steps could be taken in

time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since

the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. The proposed

monitoring program gives below:

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Both ambient air quality and stack emission will be monitored. The ambient air quality with respect

to NOx, SO2, suspended particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5) will be monitored in at least 3-5

location in and around the project site through a reputed environmental laboratory recognized by

MoEF/NABL. Monitoring will be carried out for quarterly in operation phase. Similarly, all the

stacks in the proposed unit will be monitored once in three months with respect to NOx, SO2,

Suspended particulate matter (SPM) and Carbon Monoxide (CO) level.

Waste water monitoring

The wastewater emanating from the different stream of industry will be monitored once in a month

for physico-chemical characteristics. Ground water monitoring locations will be identified and

periodically check the Physical, chemical as well as biological parameter as per drinking water

standard IS: 10500:2012.

Noise level monitoring

Monitoring of the noise level is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental

Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter and

noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be conducted

periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The noise levels due to

machines and equipments will be monitored regularly.

6.3.1. Monitoring Equipment and Consumables

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of important

environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from MoEF/NABL

recognized laboratory.

EIA REPORT



Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase)

Component Parameters Location Frequency Duration

Ambient Air

Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx (Process

specific pollutants)

Minimum 3-5

locations with one

on upwind side,

one on downwind

and one on lateral

side and one at

project site.

Quarterly 24 hrs

Point Source

Emissions

Particulates, SO2,

NOx,

Each stack – for

flue gas and

process emissions

Quarterly As per the CPCB

guidelines

Noise level Leq day, Leq night,

L10, L50, L90

dB(A)

In and around the

work zone

Quarterly 24 hour reading

with a frequency of

10 minutes every

hour

Soil Quality Physico-chemical

characteristics

At relevant

locations

Quarterly Sample every

season

Ecology Survival rate of

plantation

At locations of

compensatory

plantation and

landscaping

Annually For 3 years after

operation starts

Health All relevant

parameters

Every 15 days Regular check

ups

As per requirement

Solid waste Depending on type

of wastes

Solid waste

disposal location

Once during

each season

One time sample

Ground &

Drinking

water

As per IS: 10500 Adjoining village Quarterly At least at three

locations.

6.3.2. Environmental Budget

For environment protection and management and pollution control and treatment and monitoring

systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for recurring expenditure

for environment management of the project would be made. The detail of budget allocation

during operation phase is given in below table:

EIA REPORT



Table 6.2 Budget Allocation for Environmental Management

Total EMP cost Operation phase: Rs.153 Lakhs.

6.3.3. Emission Monitoring & Evaluation

• To achieve standard pollution emission limit suggested by pollution control board,

periodic correction and maintenance of Pollution control equipment will be carried out

and it will be followed by standard operating system concern with safety precaution of

workers.

• Each stack will be design as per CPCB guideline for proper dispersion of pollutants.

6.3.4. In House Capabilities for EMS Monitoring

• ETP is already in the working stage, as it is an expansion project.

• Daily waste water samples will be collected and analyzed from ETP to check efficiency

of ETP through In-house Laboratory.

• Periodic Monitoring of Air & Water will be done by MoEF/NABL recognized laboratory.

Operation Phase

S.

No. Pollution Control Measures

Capital Cost

(Rs, Lacs)

Recurring Cost

per annum (Lacs)

1 Air Pollution Control 10 0.75

2 Water Pollution Control 100 25

3 Noise Pollution Control 5 0.50

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management 0 4

5 Rain Water Harvesting 25 0.5

6 Occupational Health 8 8

7 Green Belt 2 5

8 Laboratory and chemicals 3 6

Total 153 49.75

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Public Hearing

“Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and

others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are

ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity

design as appropriate.

The Existing & proposed expansion project for Proposed project for the manufacturing of Bulk

Drugs & API from 12.85 MT per month to 34.868 MT per month by M/s. Vadivarhe Specility

Chemicals Ltd. is covered under Category 5(f)-B of the EIA Notification–2006. As per the Terms

of Reference issued by MOEF&CC, unit required to conduct Public Hearing.

The advertisement for the public hearing was published in Times of India and in Sakal news

paper on 27.05.2017. The public hearing for the project was conducted as per the procedure

prescribed in Appendix-IV of the EIA Notification SO 1533 (E) dated 14/09/2006 and subsequent

amendments, the details of the same are given below;

Date & Time : 28.06.2017 at 11:00 A.M.

Venue : Project Site (Gat. No. 204, Nashik Mumbai Highway, Wadivarhe,

Igatpuri, Nasik 422403, Maharashtra)

Panel Member : Shri Dilip Swami Saheb (the Hon’ble Additional Dist. Collector, Nasik),

Shri Rajendra Patil (the member of the said Hearing & Regional Officer,

MPCB, Nasik), Shri Kude the Co-ordinator of the said Hearing & Sub-

Regional Officer MPCB , Nasik)

The summary of points raised during Public Consultation is considered for action at our end with

due provision of funds. Public Hearing Proceeding is attached as Annexure- XVI.

7.2. Risk Assessment

Accidental risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accident consisting of an

event or sequence of events resulting into fire, explosion or toxic hazards to human health and

environment.

The hazard potential and estimation of consequences in case of its accidental release are the

issues of immediate relevance to be considered. It is therefore, imperative to carry out Maximum

Credible Accident (MCA) analysis at the first stage, which identifies vulnerable areas around the

facility and suggests a set of recommendations to improve safety.

EIA REPORT



The work undertaken consists of the following stages:

• Collection of relevant data on project description and proposed activities.

7.2.1. Hazard Identification& Risk Assessment (HIRA)

The regulations require the employer, in consultation with employees, to identify:

a. All reasonably foreseeable hazards that may cause a major accident; and

b. The kinds of major accidents that may occur, the likelihood of a major accident occurring

and the likely consequences of a major accident.

HIRA must address potentially rare events and situations that ensure the full range of major

accidents and their causes. To achieve this, employers should:

a. Identify and challenge assumptions and existing norms of design and operation to test

whether they may contain weaknesses;

b. Think beyond the immediate experience.

c. Recognise that existing controls and procedures cannot always be guaranteed to work as

expected; and learn lessons from similar organisations and businesses

The HIRA worksheet is presented as below.

Table 7.1 Hazards and Risk Assessment Worksheet:

Hazard Description Consequences

1. Unloading of raw

materials from Trucks.

1. Fall of material causing injury to person.

2. Leakage/Spillage of chemical causing fire & explosion in

case of flammable chemicals.

3. Exposure to hazardous chemicals such as carcinogenic

may lead to health hazards.

4. Ergonomic hazards in case of manual handling of

materials

2. Store of Raw Material. 1. Spillage & Leakage

2. Fire & Explosion

3. Fall of containers if stacked high.

4. Inhalation of chemicals.

3. Transportation of

solvents/chemicals to

production area

1. Spill & leak

2. Inhalation of vapours.

3. Fire & Explosion

4. Ergonomichazards to person

EIA REPORT



Hazard Description Consequences

5. Chemical/Solvent splash.

4. Charging of Raw

Material in to reactors.

1. Fire & Explosion due to static

2. Inhalation of Vapour.

3. Physical Injury

4. Spill & Leak

5. Boarding & packing of

the Finished product

1. Inhalation of Vapour.

6. Movement of Trucks 1. Hit & run over by Truck (Facility).

2. Properly Damage due to hitting of moving trucks.

3. Fire inside trucks cabin

4. Traffic Hazardous.

Considering the risk with the activities, company will provide the followings in order to mitigate

the risk:

1. Ventilation system

2. Fire Extinguishers

3. Summary of MSDS of chemicals will be displayed.

4. Spill control kit

5. Smoke detectors

6. Training to employees

7. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

8. Display of cautionary Signboard

9. Dust collection system

10. Speed limit policy within plant area

7.3. Disaster Management Plan

7.3.1. Introduction to Disaster Management Plan

The various controls including engineering, procedural and administrative are provided to control

the manufacturing activities at the industries; however things may go wrong even with the best

EIA REPORT



arrangements. The Disaster Management Plan is prepared to control and minimize the effect of

any emergency which may occur within the industrial premises affecting the employees or the

people in the surrounding; it may also affect the environment.

The disaster/emergency may arise as a natural calamity such as Floods, Earthquakes, etc. or

may be a Man-Made Disaster such as a Leakage/Spillage of Hazardous Chemicals/Gases or

Fire and Explosion.

A Disaster Management Plan is an action plan drawn to fix responsibility and actions to be

taken by various groups to contain the disaster/emergencyincident within shortest possible time

and with minimum losses to people, material, property and environment.

It is the responsibility of the establishment/industry that the disaster/emergency plan is widely

circulated for benefit / training of all the employees within the premises and the individuals

residing in the surrounding areas of the premises It is the responsibility of all the individuals in

their respective areas to ensure the success of this plan.

7.3.1.1 Objective

The main objectives of preparing the On Site / Off Site Emergency Plan are:

1. To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environmental impact assessment.

2. To establish the procedures to handle emergency situation that may arise due to spillage and

fire while handling plant & equipment.

3. To control and contain incidents within shortest possible time and to restore normalcy.

4. To safeguard employees and people in vicinity and to minimize damage/loss to property

or/and the environment.

5. To inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risks assessed,

safeguards provided, residual risk if any and the role to be played by them in the event of

emergency.

6. To be ready for 'mutual aid' if need is arised to help neighboring unit. Normal jurisdiction of

an OEP is the own premises only, but looking to the time factor in arriving the external help

or off-site plan agency; the jurisdiction must be extended outside to the extent possible in

case of emergency occurring outside.

7. To establish procedures to appraise District Administration / Civil authorities/ and mutual aid

centres etc. in order to ensure prompt relief for execution of Emergency Response Plan.

8. To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normalcy.

EIA REPORT



9. To provide authoritative information to the news media.

10. To preserve records, equipments etc., and to organize investigation into the cause of the

emergency and preventive measures to stop its recurrence.

11. To ensure safety of the works before personnel re-enter and resume work.

12. To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for emergency

preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

7.3.1.2 Definition

An emergency could be defined as any situation which presents a threat to safety of persons

or/and property. It may require outside help also.

A major emergency occurring at a work is one which may affect one or several sections of the

plant and possibly extend beyond the factory boundaries that may cause serious injuries, loss of

life, and extensive damage to property or serious disruption outside the works. It will require the

use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

Disaster is a catastrophic situation in which the day-to-day patterns of life are, in many

instances, suddenly disrupted and people are plunged into helplessness and suffering and as a

result need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other necessities of life,

such as -

1. Disasters resulting from natural phenomena like earthquakes volcanic eruptions, storm,

surges, cyclones, tropical storms, floods, landslides, forest fires and massive insect

infestation. Also in this group, violent drought which will cause a creeping disaster landing to

famine, disease and death must be included.

2. Second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man's impact upon the

environment, such as armed conflict, industrial accidents, factory fires, explosions and

escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river pollution, mining or other structural

collapses; air, sea, rail and road transport accidents, aircraft crashes, collisions of vehicles

carrying inflammable liquids, oil spills at sea, and dam failures.

The on-site emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies within

the factory and not affecting outside public or environment.

The off-site emergency plan will deal with measures to prevent and control emergencies

affecting public and the environment outside the premises. The manufacturer should provide the

necessary information on the nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents.

EIA REPORT



Level of disasters

The NDMA Guidelines categorize the levels of disasters, based on the ability of various

authorities to deal with them. In order to facilitate the responses and assistances to States and

Districts, the levels of disasters have been defined as follows.

1. L0 level denotes normal times which will be utilized for close monitoring, documentation,

prevention and preparatory activities. Training on search and rescue, rehearsals, evaluation

and inventory updation for response activities will be carried out during this time.

2. L1 level specifies disaster that can be managed at the District level, however, the State and

Centre will remain in readiness to provide assistance if needed.

3. L2 level disaster situations are those which require assistance and participation of State,

mobilization of its resources for management of resources.

4. L3 level disaster situation is in case of large scale disaster where the State and District

authorities have been overwhelmed and require assistance from the Central Government for

reinstating the State and District machinery as well as for rescue, relief, other response and

recovery measures. In most cases, the scale and intensity of the disaster as determined by

the concerned technical agencies like Indian meteorological department (IMD)/ Indian

National Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS) are sufficient for the declaration of

L3 disaster.

7.3.1.3 Scope

The M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has prepared Disaster Management Plan in order

to provide proper guidance to plant operating personnel to confidently handle any accidental

spillage or fire / explosion / bursting of vessel/tank or any natural calamity or sabotage.

With this objective comprehensive information has been gathered and analyzed on the Bulk

Drug and Intermediates handling plant and equipment which includes the hazardous properties

of materials/chemicals, fire hazards, safety appliances, safety measures incorporated in the

plant, emergency procedures and finally regarding the constitution & responsibility of Emergency

Rescue Team (Emergency Response & Management Team / Task Force).

The potential hazards which may cause emergency includes:

• Chemical Fire / Explosion in the plant or storage area

• Electrical Fire in the plant or storage area.

• Accidental spillages and leakages during handling of material and plant / equipment failure

causing severe health hazard due to employees exposure to the hazardous substances.

EIA REPORT



7.3.1.4 Methodology

A major emergency occurring at a plant is one that may cause serious injuries, loss of life,

extensive damage to property or environment or serious disruption inside or outside the plants.

This may demand the rescue and relief measures on a war footing to handle it effectively and

quickly. Within the high-risk technology industries, the need for well-planned measures should

be self-evident.

No matter how well a process is controlled and safeguarded by instruments and process safety

procedures, it is inevitable that there is a residual risk, which is capable of causing a variety of

emergencies.

The Disaster Management Plan describes the Organization & procedures for dealing with

potential accidents arising from the operations of M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd.

Experiences of accidents that have occurred in various other similar plants were considered in

the preparation of DMP especially storing & handling the materials identical to this plant. This

plan will need periodic review & modification following emergency exercise, or include any new

information relating to changes to the facilities.

The Factories Act, 1948 as amended in the year 1987 under section 41B requires that every

occupier shall draw up a Disaster Management Plan and detailed disaster control measures for

his plant and make them know to the employees and to the general public living in the vicinity of

the plant.

Its objective is to reduce the severity of loss following particular hazardous incidents. At the

same time, it must be clearly understood that it is not a substitute for maintaining good standards

for working consistence with the requirements of safety and health inside the plants.

7.3.2. Information on risk evaluation preliminary hazard analysis

The DMP is needed to respond to a variety of emergencies / disasters:

i. Disasters due to emergency on account of:

a. Fire or Explosion

b. Electrical Fire

c. Spillages and Leakages

EIA REPORT



a. Fire or explosion: The organization is storing &handlingbulk drug & intermediates which can

ignite if exposed to source of heat / ignition. The various sources of heat / ignition include hot

work, mechanical frictions, naked flames, static electricity, hot surfaces etc.

b. Electrical Fire: The Electrical fire may be caused due to generation of static charge during

charging of materials. The other reasons for fire include use of faulty or inappropriate

electrical equipment, transformers, DG sets etc. Also dry grass is normally avoided in the

premises and it will be ensured that there is no grass (dry) at any point of time by ensuring

better housekeeping

c. Spillages and Leakages: During handling of material and plant / equipment failure causing

severe health hazard due to employees exposure to the hazardous substances. Spillages

and leakages of flammable substances may also lead to fire.

ii. Disaster due to natural calamities such as:

a. Flood

b. Landslides & Mud flow

c. Earth quake

d. Heat Wave:

a. Flood The nearest water body from the facility is Mukane Dam (approx. 3.0 km in SW

direction) and Darna Reservoir (approx. 8.0 km in SEdirection). The overflow stream of

Mukane Dam passes about 3.0 km in south direction of the facility. The heavy rainfall and

water released from the Mukane Dam may increase water level in the river bed creating flood

situation. However the flood situation in the facility area is not reported.

b. Landslides& Mud flow The basalt structure lends the district to moderate dampening effect

of seismic waves. The hills ranges also make the western and northern hill tracts of the

district amenable to landslides.

c. Earthquake: It is found that the the district falls in the seismic zone III.

d. Heat Wave: The Nashik region experienced the heat wave in the past history. Also it was

observed that the Nashik Divisions comes under vulnerable area.

(Reference: Maharashtra State Disaster Management Plan and District Disaster Management Authority,

Nashik.)

iii. Disaster due to external factors such as:

EIA REPORT



a. Sabotage, Civil Riots or War, Terrorism: No solution can be offered to eliminate either

terrorist threats or planted bombs, but one can be well or badly prepared to cope with them

when such incidents happen. It is essential for organizations to design and implement both

good physical security and a comprehensive bomb threat response plan.

The action plan responding to an emergency situation depends very much on the level of the

emergency which, itself is defined by the consequences arising from the types of hazard

identified.

7.3.3. Disaster preparedness

This section highlights the Organization for disaster preparedness. For an industry storing /

handling flammable substances, it is essential to prepare a good effective disaster plan to control

On Site – Off Site emergencies and to mitigate losses. The disaster management plan

(emergency response plan) ensures that all available resources, facilities etc., are enforced into

services at right time to tackle an emergency.

It is not possible to envisage and detail every action which should be taken in emergency and to

harness the basic elements of emergency preparedness such as Gravity of emergency,

Communication of information, on-site action for process and emergency controls, Mobilization

of internal and external resources for fire and spillage etc.

Emergency Organization is set up specifying duties and responsibilities of all to make best use

of all resources and to avoid confusion while tackling the emergency.

Disaster Management Plan / On-Site Emergency Plan (Emergency Response Plan) highlights

the flow of information and co-operation among various action groups within the factory. Off-site

Emergency Plan indicates various action groups at district levels which will be engaged in case

of off-site emergency.

Emergency organization and arrangement include:

7.3.3.1 Emergency Organization

This section is devised to suggest the organization for emergency preparedness. Key personnel

to combat emergency are nominated with specific responsibilities according to set procedures

and making best use of the resources available and to avoid confusion. Such key personnel

include Site Main Controller, Incident Controller;Services Coordination includes Fire & Safety,

Security, Engineering Services (Maintenance), Environment, Lab (QC/QA), HR & Admin,

Account & Finance, Store & purchase and Process.

All such key personnel (Emergency Management Chart) shall be available in all the office

timings and shall be called during emergency on holidays.

EIA REPORT



7.3.3.2 Safe Assembly Points

2 No. Assembly Point is provided, opposite to Reception Building and near to Security Cabin.

The safe assembly points are selected considering the distance from the hazardous/flammable

storage, wind direction, capacity to accommodate the required number of people and availability

of other resources in that area.

In case of emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate all personnel from effected area, except

personnel who will be directly involved in dealing with the incident. On evacuation people will go

to designated assembly points.

7.3.3.3 Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

During Working Hours the Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is situated at Reception Building,

and during Non-Working Hours the Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is situated at Security

Cabin from where the operation to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated.

The ECCis equipped with all necessary emergency equipment, communication arrangement to

receive and transmit information and directions from and to the incident controller and areas of

the works as well as outside. 1 Direct Line with Emergency Contact Numbers is available at both

the places.

The emergency contact numbers for the mutual aids like nearest police station, fire station,

hospital, ambulance service etc. & list of emergency team members and various activity

coordinators displayed at the emergency control centre, security gate and other prominent

locations.

Emergency Control Centre has the following facilities:

a. List of telephone numbersfor external & internal communication

b. Plans of the location

c. Stationeries

d. Copies of the on-site and off-site emergency plans

e. Details and location plans of firefighting equipment such as fire extinguisher, fire hoses &

nozzles etc.

f. Details and location plans of safety equipment such as SCBA, gum boots, gloves, goggles,

cover all etc.

7.3.3.4 Emergency Warning System

EIA REPORT



A siren audible in all parts of the facility, to warn the people for the evacuation with different

sounds for declaration of emergency or emergency call off is provided along with12 No hooters

associated with manual call point are provided at prominent locations. Warning system is always

kept in working order.

The mode of siren for evacuation is wailing pitch. On hearing the siren, people will disperse from

the work area and will evacuate to safe assembly points. Proper instruction is given to all the

employees about the rising of siren and the emergencies. The same instructions are also

displayed at prominent places within the plant area.

The employees will proceed to the predetermined assembly points on hearing the siren and the

support staff / security forces will instruct and divert the people away from the affected

areatowards the assembly points.

7.3.3.5 Medical Services and First Aid

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has provided Occupational and Health Centre at the

facility and has services of visiting doctor.

2 Buses and 2 Cars are available for emergency evacuation and transportation of people to,

SMBT Medical College and Hospital, which is 13.39 km from the plant.

The First aid team will play critical role in attending the victims in case of any accident.

First Aid boxes are provided at prominent locations & trained first-aider are available in all

working shifts. The list of trained first aiders is displayed at prominent locations and is also

available at security gate office.

In case of any medical assistance other than first aid, the Admin In-charge/ Site- SHE

representative will arrange for a vehicle to shift the casualty to the company accredited hospital,

or call an ambulance to mobilize the casualty to the medical center/ hospital.

7.3.3.6 Transport and Evacuation Arrangements

In a major emergency, it is essential to evacuate personnel from affected areas and to further

evacuate non-essential workers from areas likely to be affected, should the emergency escalate.

2 Buses and 2 Cars are available for emergency evacuation and transportation of people and for

Material transport, third party tempo is available.

7.3.3.7 Communication and help from external emergency services

Communication is a critical factor in handling an emergency. To control the situation by the

earliest possible action. 1 Direct Line with list of emergency contact numbers is provided at

emergency control center as well as at security gate.

EIA REPORT



The external emergency services which can be contacted for help during emergency include:

SN Services/Authorities Telephone no. Res No Mobile no

1 District Collector (DC) 0253-

2578500,2578700/2575703 025325786000 8652783333

2 Control Room Nashik

Rural

0253-2309715, 0253-

2309718 - -

3

Senior

Superintendent of

Police (SSP)/

Superintendent of

Police (SP)

0253-2598720

0253-2598730

9757410667

4 Police Station,

Igatpuri 02553-244004 - -

5 Wadivarhe Police

Station 02553-236533 - -

6 Fire brigade office,

Satpurnashik

0253-2350500,0253-

2351777 - -

7

SMBT Medical

College & Hospital,

GhotiKh

90110 67122 - -

The above emergency services telephone numbers are displayed at emergency control room

and prominent locations within the plant.

7.3.3.8 Other Arrangements

7.3.3.8.1 Power Supply Interruption

For Emergency, Plant Operations and Emergency Lighting provisions are made according to

requirements. A DG set of 250 KVA capacity is provided as backup.

7.3.3.8.2 Water Drainage

Rainwater harvesting is proposed in the project to conserve the storm water. Storm water drains

will be constructed according to municipal regulations. Storm water from the entire plot will be

collected through network of storm drains. Storm water from plot area will be collected in the

rainwater harvesting pits/tank provided for this purpose. The overflow from these pits, if any, will

be then discharged in the proposed drains.

EIA REPORT



All installations such as utility block, office building, Process plant, warehouses & storage area

has been constructed at an adequate height and provided with individual dyke in order to protect

from storm water/rain water runoff flooding.

7.3.3.8.3 Electrical Supply

Electricity is considered as a major cause of fire in industries. To prevent fires due to electricity,

adequate control measures are provided which includes regular inspections and preventive

maintenance. To prevent other electrical accidents such as electric shock etc. the adequate

safety precautions implemented including provision of Fuse, MCB, ELCB, rubber mats in front of

panels, proper laying of cables, etc.

7.3.3.8.4 Trade Waste Disposal

Organization will be more concerned for environment protection and pollution abatement at all

times.

Provision will be made to dispose Solid wastes. The company will dispose off all solid waste in

safe manner.

7.3.3.9 Emergency Action

Though it will be an impractical to describe all the foreseeable scenarios involving

flammable/combustible materials and the suggested action for the same, some important ones

are discussed here briefly. Even in identical incidents the right course of action may not

necessarily be the same every time as the actual action will depend on the several factors, such

as the place of incident, quantity of material involved, the amount of release, the nature of

material, the wind direction, the wind velocity, temperature of surrounding, time of day, prevailing

season and weather condition.

7.3.3.9.1 In case of Fire

In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area as

per evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident controller as quickly as

possible after safe shutdown of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite direction of

assembly point by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.

Following are the general guideline for emergency action.

• Raise the alarm through nearest MCP

• Inform security and shift in charge.

• Carry nearest fire extinguisher & try to extinguish if possible.

• Assemble emergency team and inform other emergency members.

EIA REPORT



• Check the wind direction, then decide the assembly point and inform accordingly.

• Warn the people nearby.

• Attempt to isolate /extinguish the fire with the help of others with available appropriate

extinguishers.

• Arrange fire hydrant hose and try to cool surrounding

• Cordon the area and try to shift the drum of flammable material.

• Used foam generating nozzle and create foam to extinguish fire.

• If fire beyond control call fire brigade after consultation with chief controller.

• Cool the surrounding or remove flammable material if possible.

• Take head count at site and inform to the chief controller.

• Also take head count at the assembly point and tally.

• Search for missing person if any.

• Call for mutual aid members for help, if require.

• Arrange for rescue, if required.

• Give first aid to the injured person and check for further treatment is required.

• Give priority to saving life and preventing further injuries.

• Confirm the massage of incident attend to the main controller & raise the all clear siren.

• Collect the photograph and other evidence to cause fine.

7.3.3.9.2 In Case of spillage of chemicals/materials while unloading & loading activity Tankers/Tanks inside the factory premises:

Special instruments for storing, Handling & emergency actions in case of spillage of

chemicals/materials are given separately in MSDS.

Following are the general guideline for action:

• Use PPE’s like SCBA/Gas mask/Respirator & evacuate the area.

• Designated area will be provided for tanker parking.

In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area as

per evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident Controller as quickly

EIA REPORT



as possible after safe shut down of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite direction

of assembly point by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.

7.3.3.9.3 In case of Flood / Earthquake:

In case of natural calamity like flood, Strom or earth quake (remote possibility) the management

may seek outside help. The help may be for firefighting, Evacuation (of surrounding population),

Medical treatment, shelter, food, transport or communications.

Following are the general guideline for emergency action:

• Close main valve

• In case the cylinders are on the ground the same be shifted to storage shed to ensure that

the floodwater shall not carry the cylinders.

• Switch off electricity (main).

• Assemble outside the office, away from Electric Poles & Wires.

• Evacuate the areas after initiating (communication in working condition) off site organization.

7.3.3.9.4 In case of War/Civil riots:

Following are the general guideline for emergency action:

• Intimate nearest police station & stimulate off site emergency plan

• Stop unloading / loading operations (if any)

• Intimate civil defense dept. about the situation

• Security persons shall protect & control law & order.

7.3.3.9.5 General action plan

• All personnel handling the emergency should wear PVC suit / alkali suit, gumboot, PVC hand

gloves, PVC goggles.

• Isolate the sources of supply.

• Cordon off the area.

• Avoid the entry of unnecessary people.

• Start barricading the area with sand / earth.

• Flush the affected body parts with plenty of water and seek medical help.

7.3.3.10 Evacuation Plan

EIA REPORT



On hearing the siren all employees shall evacuate the area by safely closing down all operation

as per instructions from their Incident Controller or in nighttime Shift supervisor. After gathering

at assembly points, shift-in-charge should take the roll call & ensure that no person is left

trapped.

The Rescue Coordinator or Guard (who is inside the plant for duty) shall ensure that none is

trapped inside the plant. Security guards shall ensure total evacuation.

Main gate will be used for movement of personnel, movement of rescue, medical aid.

7.3.3.11 Traffic Control

The Security In-charge or Guard shall contact Service Coordinatorand shall make himself

available at main gate for traffic control till local authorities help is available.

Unwanted traffic and public gathering shall be controlled & avoided by security personnel till

local help from police is available.

7.3.3.12 Public Relations

Inevitably a major incident will attract the attention of the press, television and radio services and

anxious inquiries from friends and relatives will be flooding the factory. It is essential to make

arrangements for authoritative release of information to them. SMC/IC who is familiar with

procedures of dealing with such situations, shall take charge of public Relations, information etc.

He will be the sole authoritative source of information to the news media and others.

7.3.3.13 Declaration of cessation of emergency

Only the Main Site Controller in consultation with Incident Controller and The Service coordinator

(Emergency Fire, Rescue & Security Co-ordinator etc.) will declare the cessation of emergency

ensuring that all the spillage are arrested or fires are extinguished and there is no risk of re-

ignition (in case of fire).

In the case of gas, the all clear will be declared only when the source of emission has been

effectively isolated and gas clouds dispersed well below safe level.

Even when the all clear Signal has been given, great care is needed while entering affected

areas and no work in connection with salvage, collection of evidence should be commenced until

a thorough examination of the area has been carried out.

The siren code will follow for declaring the cessation of an emergency.

All clear signed shall be given by SMC / Incident Controller.

7.3.3.14 Plan appraisal and updating

EIA REPORT



The Onsite Emergency Plan Mock drills will be conducted for the appraisal and updating the

Onsite Emergency Plan.

The Onsite Emergency Plan Mock drills will review the adequacy and effectiveness of the

arrangements made / provided for emergency planning and will cover:

• Awareness and promptness of action taken by the employees.

• The adequacy of evacuation routes and safe assembly points.

• The adequacy of fire fighting system and equipment.

• The adequacy of leak / spillage control system and equipment.

• The adequacy of transport and medical arrangements.

• The adequacy of personal protective equipment and safety equipment etc.

Any inadequacy observed during the mock drill will be corrected and incorporated, the Onsite

Emergency Plan will be updated and any changes made in the Onsite Emergency Plan will be

made known to all.

7.3.4. Safety and mitigating measures

Safety is major consideration for M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. and the industry is

committed to mitigate the risk.Important mitigating measures will be provided to contain and

control the emergency are outlined below:-

7.3.4.1 Fire Prevention and Protection measures

Fire is the major risk at M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. because of storage handling

and use of flammable substances within the premises as raw material and products. Adequate

control measures are provided to detect and fight fires. The major firefighting arrangements

provided includes

Fire Detection and Alarm system: in Production block, Good Store/Raw Material Store, Q.C.

Building and Solvent Store areas 33 Nos. of Optical smoke detector, 24 Nos. Multi Criteria

Detector and 3 Nos. Optical Heat detectors are installed along with 12 Nos. manual call points

and 12 Nos. of Hooters.

Firefighting Arrangement: fire hydrant system consisting of 18 Nos. of fire hydrants have been

installed and 54 Nos. of Fire Extinguishers, consisting CO2 Type, Dry Chemical Powder Type

and Foam Type, are installed at various locations in the premises.

The nearest fire brigade station is situated at SatpurNashik approx. 15 km north.

EIA REPORT



The plant will be equipped with a comprehensive fire protection system. Following facilities will

be provided for the fire protection:-

• Fire Water Supply

• Fire Hydrant system, Fire sprinkler system with smoke/fire detectors

• Water Pump (Hydrant Pump)

• Portable Fire Extinguishers

7.3.4.2 Equipments and Process safety

M/s. Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd will comply the statutory requirements and provide

safety measures. The following points to be considered:

• Guard shall be provided on moving parts of machineries.

• Adequate ventilation or other engineering controls shall be provided to keep the airborne

contaminants below their respective threshold limit value.

• Lifting tools, tackles and machines and pressure systems will be tested and examined as per

statutory requirement.

• Proper earthing and bonding shall be provided etc.

7.3.5. Post emergency planning

• All evidences should be collected and accident should be investigated.

• Before restart up of the activities, assessthe situation and ensure that it is safe to restart the

plant activities.

• Re-start the plant in the standard sequence.

7.3.6. Health, Safety and Environmental Protection

The policy of the company is to manufacture, handle and dispose off all substances safely and

without creating unacceptable risk to human health or the environment.'

Company is committed to complete safety and accident prevention policies for ensuring the

elimination of risk, accidents by conscientious involvement in Safety and Health Programme.

The industry will;

• Establishment and maintain programmes to ensure that laws and regulations applicable to its

products and operations are known as obeyed.

• Develop its own standards where laws or regulations may not be adequately protective and

adopt, where necessary, its own standard where laws do not exists.

EIA REPORT



• Stop manufacturing any product or any operation if hazards of the same, to the human

beings and environment are unacceptable.

• Each and every employee is expected to adhere to the spirit as well as letters of company

policy.

• Any hazards, adverse situation or environmental risk which comes to their attention should

be promptly reported for the corrective measures.

• Safety has been accepted as complete and separate functions like other functions such as

production, maintenance, marketing, etc.

• Auditing is necessary for an effective health and safety programmes, and periodical auditing

will be carried out.

• We believe safety is a team work and each and every employee of the company is

responsible and accountable for the safety.

7.3.6.1 Employee responsibility

• Follow the policy and applicable laws and regulation to protect your own health and safety as

well as that of other workers, the public and the environment.

• Present ideas that support the goals of policy.

• Promptly report concerns about possible violation of this policy to the persons listed or to

your manager.

7.3.6.2 Managers responsible for a facility, activity, product or service will:

• Communicate responsibility with employees, communities, customers and government

agencies regarding environmental health and safety issue.

• Cooperate with the public, government and other interested parties to develop appropriate

regulatory and public policies that protect employee and public health and the environment.

• Implement effective programs, training and best practices for health, safety and environment

protection and for the elimination or reasonable reduction of materials.

• Regularly assess plant operations & management. Establish measurements to ensure

compliance with this policy and applicable laws & regulations, when appropriate; review

assessment results with environmental programs.

• Ensure that an employee with EHS responsibilities is appropriately screened before

appointment and that continued appropriateness for their position is periodically reviewed.

EIA REPORT



• Develop appropriate program for safety reviews of new and redesigned products prior to sale

and distribution to customers. Monitor after-sale safety performance to identify and address

significant product safety issues.

• Work cooperatively with, contractors, business partners & suppliers to ensure that our

relationships with them are supportive of this policy.

• Promptly report to medical Services, Environmental Program & your assigned legal counsel

any,

• Emergency evacuation, communicable disease or other serious health indent.

• Work related employee facilities & other serious safety incidents requiring a report to a

governmental agency.

• Information regarding a report to a governmental agency or any governmental allegations of

substantial violations of environmental laws or regulations.

• Legal proceedings alleging significant property damage or personal injury from

environmental contamination or exposure to dust/chemical fumes & other information

requested by medical services or Environmental programs.

7.3.6.3 Training and rehearsing

All employees should know the details of Disaster Management plan and they must receive

initial training in emergency procedures. At suitable intervals this knowledge must be exercised

and the basic plan reviewed and brought up-to-date. It is essential to establish the necessary

confident volunteers and better expertise, so the individuals can carry out their allocated duties.

Rehearsal of evacuation should be regularly carried out efficiently and should cause minimum

disruption to the normal activities. As per MFR, Mock Drill should be conducted six monthly.

An after-mock drill report may be prepared detailing the lacunas & strong points so as to make

improvements in the emergency action plan.

EIA REPORT



Emergency Management Chart

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 8. PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1. Introduction

Growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for employment and can also help

diversify the economy. This is especially important given the high level of urbanization, and growing

levels of unemployment and poverty in many cities. Unemployment is particularly high and an

important factor in continued levels of low human well-being and slow growth. Synergistic growth in

the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the socio-economic development. The use

of chemical further leads to development in field of research and development. This chapter

describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the physical infrastructure, social

infrastructure, Employment potential in the region.

8.2. Improvement in the Social Infrastructure

From the very initial stage of the inception of the project, infrastructure development in and around

the project site has kept in consideration. Infrastructure development will be done based on actual

requirement of socio-economic development of the region. The infrastructure development will be

rolled out as part of company’s CER activity.

8.3. CER Activities

Budgetary Cost

Initially CER budget commitment will be approximately 1 % of company’s annual profit.

Sr. No. Details Year Amount, Rs

1 CER Expenses 2014-16 27,27,137/-

2 CER Expenses 2015-16 6,70,000/-

3 CER Expenses 2016-17 7,12,514/-

4 Proposed Expenses for CER 2017-18 12,00,000/-

Existing Project

Corporate Environmental Responsibility for the year 2015-2016

Sr. No. CER Activities Amount in

Lacs Villages

1 Construction of Class Room at

MadhyamikVidyalayWadivarhe 1,00,000/- Wadivarhe

2

Development of Infrastructural Facilities

for providing Education at Maharishi

Markandeshwar University Trust

24,00,000/- Wadivarhe

3 Repairs and Maintenance including 3,00,000/- Wadivarhe

EIA REPORT



Painting at WadivarheSchool

Total for the year 2015-2016 27,00,000/-


1 Medical Assistance to a Villager

Mr.Babbu Usman Shaikh - Jakir 10,000/- Wadivarhe

2 Repairs and Maintenance at Wadivarhe

School 46,500/- Wadivarhe

3 Help to MatoshreeVrudhashram 25,000/- Wadivarhe

4 Installation of High Mast Lamps at

Wadivarhe Village 6,31,014/- Wadivarhe



1

Paid to Satyam Pharma for Medical Aid to

a female Villager Mrs.Sonali Sandeep

Kshirsagar


2 Paid to Nature Conservation Society of

Nashik 4,00,000/- Wadivarhe

3 Donation to Rural Police Fund through

Superintendent of Police 25,000/- Wadivarhe

4 Water Conservation and Decantation

11,02,260/- Sinnar



Expenditure done till 26/11/2018 (Date of uploading online application for EC)

1 Nature Conservation Society 3,00,000/- Wadivarhe

2 Water Conservation and Decantation 1,00,000/- Wadivarhe

3 Tree Plantation and taking care for 100%

survival 14,210/- Ambad

Expenses till 26/11/2018(Date of

uploading online application for EC) for

the year 2018-2019

4,14,210/-

Existing: VSCL has initiated various CER activities for the development and care of the area

and people. The various CER activities undertaken by VSCL include.

• Blankets distributed at Local Villages of Igatpuri and Trymbakeshwar.

• Medical Camp arranged at Wadivarhe Village Gram panchayat School.

• Compound Wall constructed for Wadivarhe Gram panchayat School.

• Organized Health check up camp for School children.

• Water Tank and Dust Bins were provided at Kumbhmela Nashik

• Tree Plantation on both side of Village Road from Highway to Wadivarhe Village.

EIA REPORT



Blanket distribution at Igatpuri Blanket distribution at school

Medical camp arranged at Grampachayat school, Wadivarhe

Swachchata Abhiyan at Wadivarhe Roadside plantation Outside factory premises

Proposed: VSCL has also planned various CER activities for future which include;

• Medical Camps at Gram Panchayat Schools, distribution of spectacles and providing

free treatment and medicines to needy.

• Tree Plantation on pathways and taking care for 100% survival

EIA REPORT



• Cleanliness and Hygiene Program for Good Health under “Swach Bharat”Abhiyan in

Schools

• “BetiBachav - BetiPadhav” Campaign in nearby Villages.

• Water Conservation and Decantation

• Nature Conservation Society

Corporate Environmental Responsibility for the year 2018-2019 and 2019-2020

Sr. No. CER Activities Amount in

Lacks Villages

1 Medical Camps at Gram Panchayat Schools, distribution of spectacles and providing free treatment and medicines to needy.


2 Tree Plantation on pathways and taking care for 100% survival

35,790/- Wadivarhe

3

Cleanliness and Hygiene Program for Good Health under “Swach Bharat”Abhiyan in Schools

10,000/-

Posters Banners and Video Clips

.(Wadivarhe,Gonde,belgaon,purhegaon)

4

“BetiBachav - BetiPadhav” Campaign in nearby

Villages 10,000/-

Posters Banners and Video Clips

.(Lahamagewadi,Sangeon,Padlideshmukh, Nandur vaidya )

5 Water Conservation and Decantation 1,00,000/- Gonde

6 Nature Conservation Society 5,00,000/- Nandurmadmeshwar

Total for the year 2018-2019 and 2019-2020 7,55,790/-

(Photographs of Proposed CER Activity)

Development of Infrastructural Facilities for

providing Education at Maharishi

Markandeshwar University Trust

Construction of Class Room at

MadhyamikVidyalayWadivarhe

EIA REPORT



Medical camp arranged at Grampachayat school, Wadivarhe

jhg

Water Conservation and Decantation Tree Plantation

Installation of High Mast Lamps at Wadivarhe

Village Roadside plantation Outside factory premise

EIA REPORT



Economic Development

• This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues for

direct/ indirect employment during operation phase of the project. There would be a wider

economic impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business like workshops,

marketing, repair and maintenance tasks etc.

• This project will enhance India’s potential of supplying Bulk Drugs & Intermediates to

leading to step-up of India’s position in global market sector and strengthening of Indian

economy.

• The continuous inflow of people will require local transport systems like autos, taxis etc

which would help economic boost.

8.4. Employment Potential

The Project will create direct & indirect employment opportunities within the surrounding region.

The Unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby villages depending upon

the availability of skilled & un-skilled man-power surrounding the project site. In operation phase,

the proposed project would require significant workforce of non-technical and technical persons.

Migration of highly education and skilled experience will result in increase of literacy in the

surrounding villages.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1. Prelude

Environmental Management is basically resource management and environmental planning is

similar to development planning. The conventional resource management and development

planning look at the issues from narrow micro-economical point of view while environmental

management views the issues from the broader prospective of long term sustainable development

option, which ensures that the environment is not desecrated. An Environmental Management Plan

is prepared for construction phase, post construction phase (commissioning and operation) and for

post project phase. The environmental management plan is prepared to minimize the impact of

atmospheric emissions, liquid effluents, solid wastes & noise generation on the surrounding

environment.

The baseline settings of different relevant environmental components in the study area are

analyzed and potential impacts on those components due to the proposed project are documented.

The impacts on environment are found to be minimal during the study; however additional

measures are documented for operation phase for further improvement of Environmental Quality in

the form of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Environment, Health and Safety (EHS)

• It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will promote

the protection of the occupational Health & Safety; Welfare of its employees and others

involved in or affected by its business operations and address the environmental concerns

regarding sustainable development.

• To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen, we shall strive to achieve an

organizational culture of Safety, Health and Environmental excellence.

• As an integral part of the company’s business performance, the company shall declare full

commitment to achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and Environment.

• Continual improvements in Safety, Health and Environment shall be recognized as essential

for the future success of the company.

9.2. The Environmental Management Plan

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared to mitigate and manage various

environmental impacts identified. The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:

• Environmental management strategies

• Spill prevention and control

EIA REPORT



• Management of wastes and hazardous chemicals

• Air, water and soil quality protection

• Noise control

• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization

• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

• Socio-economic and welfare considerations

• Risk and disaster management plan

• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance

Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of the EMP must be executed utilizing a

specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide the basis for

environmental considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by the appointed personnel.

With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage, mitigation

measures to prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for all the environmental components.

The environmental management plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the potentially

detrimental impacts on the environment, during an operation phase of the project. It is also

necessary that continued compliance with existing environmental regulations is ensured.

9.3. Objectives of Environmental Management Plan

While developing an EMP within the framework of an EMS, it is imperative to have clear

environmental objectives and delineate them. The key environmental management objectives for

this project are to avoid significant adverse environmental impacts and to ensure that where

impacts do occur they are mitigated. In addition, the project proponent aims to meet the following

specific objectives:

• To adopt operational methods that will limit environmental degradation.

• To protect physical environmental components such as air, water and soil.

• To improve workplace conditions for employees by reducing every kind of pollution and

improving workplace environment/atmosphere.

• To make budgetary provision and allocation of funds for environment management system

and to timely revision of budgetary provisions.

• To implement & ensure effective implementation of research and development program for

the innovative technologies for better environment, resource conservation/

recovery/recycling/reuse.

• To eliminate/reduce the possibility of potential hazard due to operations.

• To incorporate the views and perceptions of the local inhabitants in the project.

EIA REPORT



• To generate employment opportunities wherever possible and feasible.

• To provide advanced sophisticated safety system to ensure safety of the public at large.

• To establish a long term program to monitor effects of the project on the environment.

9.4. EMP for Construction Phase

There will not be any Environmental management plan required because there is no construction

and/or machenary installation work involved in the proposed expansion.

9.4.1. Air Environment, Noise Environment, water environmrnt, soil/Land

Environment, management of Solid and Hazardous waste, management of

Socio- economic and cultural Environment.

There will not be any significant environmental impacts on the above aspects because there is

minimal construction and/or machenary installation work involved in the proposed expansion

project. The proposed project is an expansion of existing products as well as addition of new

products to the existing manufacturing unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates. For the expansion of

production capacity, existing facilities will be utilized and some machinery such as reactors,

centrifuge, mill, etc. will be installed & some foundation work will also be carried out as per

requirement. Adequate mitigation measures will be taken wherever feasible.

9.5. EMP For Operational Phase

Routine operational activities of the project would be associated with the following potentially

significant environmental impacts. These activities associated with the impacts as listed hereunder:

Routine production activities:

• Domestic and industrial waste water treatment

• Management of Air, noise, land, water environment

• Transport of material

• Storage of raw material

• Fire/Explosion

The operational phase activities due to proposed expansion project have the potential to cause

long-term environmental impacts. Cumulative impacts due to the air pollution are predicted using

simulation models as discussed in chapter 4.

Several control measures have been incorporated to minimize the generation of wastes and

subsequent environmental impacts during the operational phase. Strict adherence to these pollution

prevention and control measures will moderate the environmental impacts to the minimum possible

level during an operational phase. In general, the environmental management plan during

operational phase of the plant will be directed to the following:

EIA REPORT



• It will be ensured that all the pollution control/environment management systems are

commissioned before the commencement of operation of the project.

• Wherever possible, the control systems will be interlinked with the operational units, so that

failure of the control system will shut down the respective operational unit.

• Regular performance evaluation of the control systems will be undertaken to ensure their

optimum performance.

• Preventive maintenance schedule of the control systems will be matching with that of the

respective operational unit.

• Regular monitoring for various components of environment will be undertaken to ensure

effective functioning of pollution control measures as well as to safe guard against any

unforeseen changes in environment.

• Efforts will be made to ensure the maximum utilization of wastes generated.

• During the operational phase, there will not be any significant impacts on various

environmental components. Hence, the following Management Plan is recommended to

mitigate adverse impacts during operation phase:

9.5.1. Management of Air Environment

Emission at M/s. Vadivarhe specialty chemicals Limited is in the form of the particulate matters and

gases from stack attached to Boiler, Scrubber, DG Sets.

Sources of fugitive emissions:

Fugitive/VOC emissions from the proposed project shall be from use of solvents, which results from

leaking piping sources and equipment such as valves, flanges, pump seals, connections, and

compressor seals open end lines and pressure relief valves. The emissions are not visually

observed but can be measured in relatively low concentration at each area of source.

During construction phase, main source of fugitive emission is dust which will be generated due to

the movement of vehicles carrying construction material and vehicles used for construction.

During operation phase, leakage through valves, pumps, emission from open drum containing

chemicals, open feeding; storage tanks, etc. are the major sources of fugitive emissions of organic

chemicals and VOCs.

A. To control gaseous emissions following measures are recommended:

• Regular monitoring of stacks and vent will be carried out to check the emissions. In case

emission exceeds, the corrective measures shall immediately be taken and records of the

same will be maintained.

• Regular ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out within premises and nearby area

for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, HCl and VOCs.

EIA REPORT



• Emergency process Shut-down existence in case of any pollution control system deviation.

B. To control fugitive emissions following measures are recommended:

• Controlled emissions and provision of PPEs for the workers.

• Provision of mechanical seal in pumps.

• Regular inspection of tank roof seals.

• Adequate measures for the minimization/prevention of the fugitive emission.

• Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage.

• Entire process is carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of pressure

and temperature.

• Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.

• The unit will also provide adequate stack monitoring facilities for the periodic

monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms.

• Adequate stack heights as per the CPCB estimation will be provides at all locations to

reduce GLCs of pollutants.

• Greenbelt development shall be implemented to mitigate impacts from fugitive emissions.

About 33 % of the total area of project area will be developed for greenbelt. Proponent will

also developed green belt in outside of project premises.

• The air quality surveillance program will be undertaken for proposed and the program may

be strengthened properly keeping in view the combined maximum impacts from post-

project activities particularly in critical downwind directions. Moreover, in view of the

industrialization in the region, the possibility of an integrated ambient air quality-monitoring

program together with surrounding industries may be explored in consultation with GPCB.

• Air Pollution Control System will be installed in the plant.

VOC monitoring plan:

• Smoke detectors or heat detectors shall be provided in storage or process area.

• Adequate personal protective equipment shall be provided to the workers.

• Proper identification shall be done on discharge lines.

• Potential areas will be identified, where possibility of flammable mixture/voc are possible.

• Truck/storage area should be fixed by brakes or wheel-blocks and engine stopped while

loading or unloading etc.

9.5.2. Management of Noise Environment

To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures:

• Manufacturers/suppliers of major noise generating machines/equipments like air

EIA REPORT



compressors, feeder pumps, etc. shall be instructed to make required design modifications

wherever possible before supply and installation to mitigate the noise generation and to

comply with the regulatory norms with respect to noise generation.

• Periodic maintenance of machinery and vehicles should be undertaken to reduce the noise

impact.

• Employees should be provided with Personal Protective Equipments like earplugs or

earmuffs, wherever required.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the

machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• Areas with high noise levels will be identified and will include prominently displayed caution

boards.

• The green belt area is developed within industrial premises and around the periphery to

prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.

• Noise monitoring shall be carried out to check the efficacy of maintenance schedules

undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.

• Good quality digital sound level meter are in place to monitor noise level.

• The sources of intermittent noise generating equipment (water pumping equipment, DG set,

compressor etc.) are provided with appropriate acoustic barriers so that the noise level

within 1 m of these facilities are less than 75 dB(A).

• Implementation of greenbelt development/landscaping will reduce noise impacts within the

project premises to a great extent.

• It is recommend to measure and maintain records of noise level at various places within and

outside factory premises.

9.5.3. Management of Water Environment

Water conservation measures shall be taken to optimize the fresh water requirement in proposed

project activities. Total fresh water requirement at M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited shall

meet through Tankers. Total Water requirement of the project after expansion for domestic &

Industrial activity during operation phase will be 54.41 KLD.

The mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water environment in general includes

following:

• Optimum utilization of water resource.

• Minimize waste generation and facilitate treatment.

• Reuse/recycle and disposal.

• Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount of wastewater

EIA REPORT



generated.

• Reducing the actual process water consumption by way of improvement in operation of

processing units.

• Ensuring proper operation and maintenance schedule for the ETP, MEE & RO.

• Advance controls and instrumentation for operations and control and leak detection

techniques shall be implemented for this project.

• Record of the inlet water & wastewater outlet quantity and treated water/disposal

quantity shall be maintained.

• Treated water will be reused in flushing, gardening, colling and washing to minimize the

fresh water consumption.

9.5.4. Management of Land Environment

The management plan for this component of environment lays emphasis on development of

greenbelt comprising of appropriately selected species of shrubs and trees. Plantation has been

made on sites, road sides and around waste treatment units. Such a development of greenbelt and

plantation of shrubs and trees will not only significantly reduce or mitigate adverse impacts due to

aerosols and gaseous pollutants, noise, odour nuisance etc, but also, serve as shelter belts for

avifauna, stabilize and improve soil permeability and aesthetic environment.

9.5.5. Management of Solid and Hazardous Waste

Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid urbanization &

improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity & complexity of the waste generated.

Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and improvement of public health.

Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality of life in

the plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste generated in the

plant area can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic wastes and industrial

wastes. Effective measures will be taken to effectively implement the solid waste management

systems in the plant. Solid waste will be handed over to authorized vendor for disposal.

The Hazardous waste will be handled as per Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

The hazardous wastes generated such as used oil, Distillation residues, Waste residues, Spent

solvents, Hydrobromic acid, Ammonium Chloride, ETP Sludge, Oil & grease skimming, Filter

material, discarded product material (R & D basis) and Discarded containers generated from the

proposed project shall be collected in barrels and shall be sold to the authorized recyclers or

CHWTSDF site or authorized vendor identified by the MPCB/CPCB.

EIA REPORT



General Guidelines for Waste Management:

1. Solid Waste

• The solid waste shall be segregated as bio-degradable and non-biodegradable.

• The organic waste will be segregated and handed over to outside agency for disposal.

• The non-biodegradable (inorganic) waste shall be handed over to authorized recycler for

further handling and disposal.

• Reuse of paper and plastic waste.

• Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.

2. Hazardous waste

• Hazardous waste will be stored in proper storage room and handed over to authorized

vendor for final disposal.

• The collection, storage and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous and other

Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, and hence no adverse

impact on land environment is envisaged.

9.5.6. Management of Hazardous Raw materials

The Hazardous raw materials will be handled with every care and precautions. SOP will be followed

for handling the chemicals. The list of raw materials and storage is given in chapter-2.

9.5.7. Management of Biological Environment

• Wastewater (Effluents) generated by industry and domestic wastewater (sewage) will be

treated adequately. No contaminated water will be allowed to enter the surrounding

environment or surface water body.

• Green belt are developed all along the boundary of the installation by choosing fast growing

and resistant varieties suitable to the soil conditions in the site (native plants) and special

care will be taken to maintain it.

• Survival rate of the planted trees will be closely monitored in the green belt and the trees

which could not survive should be counted.

• There will be a waste management plan developed for categorization and handling of

wastes.

9.5.8. Management of Socio-economic factors

• In order to mitigate the impacts likely to arise out of the proposed project and also to

maintain goodwill of local people for the proposed project, it is necessary to take steps for

improving the social environment. Necessary social welfare measures by the industry will be

useful in gaining public confidence depending on local requirement.

• Some basic amenities, viz. safe drinking water supply, regular medical checkup in the

EIA REPORT



villages will be taken up.

• Formal and informal training to be provided to the employees of the effected villages due to

the project will be taken up on priority basis. Job oriented skill training, courses may be

organized.

• Personal protective facilities like helmets, safety (gas) mask/safety dress, shoes etc. are

ensured for all workers, engaged in operation.

9.5.9. Management of Traffic

• Two gates, one for entry and the other for exit are provided with 8 m wide approach roads.

• Convex mirror placed along all critical points for visibility.

• Adequate Ramp Feeds will be provided.

• Flow of traffic is eased out by providing adequate entries and exits space.

• Zebra crossings shall be provided on the existing road for pedestrian access.

• Entry and exit is managed by security personnel who also regulate the traffic.

• Thus the traffic management will be easily and smoothly monitored without any hindrances

to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.

9.6. Additional Mitigation Measures

In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, traffic etc following

additional measures shall be provided.

9.6.1. Water Conservation

Water conservation will be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all non

potable application like gardening, lawns, floor washing, flushing toilets etc.

A. Minimizing Water Consumption

Combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned in the

plant. The message of water conservation will be spread to all occupiers on site by way of

awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be implemented include the

following:

B. Management Measures

• Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.

• Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.

• Quick fixing of leaking taps pipes and toilet cisterns.

• Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down external areas.

EIA REPORT



C. Water Saving Investments

• Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow devices or

aerators on showerheads.

• Spring-loaded taps.

• Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use-monitoring is a precursor for

management.

• Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures.

9.6.2. Energy Conservation

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce costs

and be environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses during planning

and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the following:

A. Architectural design

• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air-conditioning.

• Maximize the use of natural lighting through design.

B. Energy Saving Practices

• Purchase of energy efficient appliances.

• Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation.

• Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired

comfort levels.

• Condensates are recovered and send back to boiler.

• Proper temperature controls is provided to reduce load on heating systems.

• Proper load factor is maintained by the company.

• Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good housekeeping

which will help in better illumination levels with least number of fixtures.

• On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets are provided to use day light and to stop use of

lights during day time.

• CFL/LED lamps are provided, wherever applicable.

• To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment are selected.

• Gravity flow is preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.

• Recycling of water will done.

C. Behavioral change on consumption

• Awareness on energy conservation.

• Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.

EIA REPORT



D. Solar Architectural Features

The proposed project will provide enough day light factors in the building to permit maximum day

light to interior to minimize overall energy consumption.

These features will also minimize the impact of climate both in summer and in winter and as a

result, the use of electricity will likely to be reduced.

E. Thermal Characteristics of Building Envelope

Focusing on the high performance energy efficient U & R values can bring down the building energy

consumption i.e. the operational cost for any commercial buildings. To evaluate the energy

performance the heat transfer coefficient (U-value) and Resistance (R) factors are to be considered

for the building.

9.6.3. Storm Water Management

Surface drainage has designed based on the maximum rainfall intensity prevalent in the area.

Storm water drains is already constructed & channelized to existing ETP. Storm water from the

entire plot is collected through network of storm drains. The dimension of the existing drain is 450

mm x 300 mm.

9.6.4. Green Belt Development

An ideal green belt always imparts scenic beauty besides providing roosting/perching place for

birds and ground surface for naturally available reptiles, other flora and fauna species, to make the

area more natural and hazard free.

Most of the existing trees will be retained at site so as to minimize adverse impact on flora and

fauna. It is proposed to add local fast growing species for landscaping. Development of green belt

with carefully selected native plant species is of prime importance due to their capacity to reduce

noise and air pollution impacts by attenuation/assimilation and for providing food and habitat for

local macro and micro fauna. This not only overcomes the problem but also enhances the beauty of

area that will attract bird and insect species and by this way ecology of the area will maintain to a

great extent. For developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project sites care need to be

taken to plant the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen species may have certain

advantages that may reduce the environmental pollution.

Preparation of Greenbelt Plan

The existing greenbelt is of a suitable width where addition saplings will be provided along the

periphery of project site area including unit complex, space between the units located within the

project, along the roads, storage areas, loading / unloading areas of products etc.

Greenbelt Area Details

A. Within project site

EIA REPORT



Green belt is already developed in 4600 sq. m. (36.8%) area of the total plot area. Additional

saplings will be planted on the periphery of the boundary of the plot.

Table 9.1 Details of Existing trees

Sr. No.

Tree Name Scientific Name Nos.

1 Son Chafa Michelia champaca 40

2 Neem Azadirachta indica 68

3 Apta Bauhinia racemosa 15

4 Peepal Ficus religiosa 5

5 Gulmohar Delonix regia 10

6 Faykas - 7

7 Surya Lepidagathis cristata 24

8 Aam Mangifera indica 4

9 Jamun Syzygium cumini 2

10 Palm Hyophorbe lagenicaulis 3

11 Jaswand Hibiscus rosa-sinensis 58

12 Chandani Tabernaemontana

divaricata 146

13 Nariyal Cocos nucifera 5

Total 387

Table 9.2 Details of proposed trees

Sr. No.

Tree Name Scientific Name

1 Son Chafa Michelia champaca

2 Ashoka Saraca asoka

3 Neem Azadirachta indica

4 Apta Bauhinia racemosa

5 Gulmohar Delonix regia

6 Lemon Citrus sp

7 Surya Lepidagathis cristata

8 Aam Mangifera indica

9 Jamun Syzygium cumini

B. Roadside Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area,

increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project site

will be planted with flowering trees.

The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and spreading canopy in

primary and secondary attenuation zone. It is also recommended to plant few trees, which are

sensitive to air pollution as air pollution indicator.

EIA REPORT



Green belt Development in premises

Unit has existing 4600 sq.m greenbelt area within plant premises (36.8 % of the total area) as per

CPCB norms. It is proposed to plant additional local, fast growing species with adequate spacing

and density for their fast growth and survival for landscaping.

9.6.5. Odour Management Plan

Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

• Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes &

unattended drains etc.

Remedial Measures

• Better management to avoid staling.

• Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic micro–organisms.

• Steaming of major pipe lines.

• Proper cleaning of drains.

• Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid growth of sulphur decomposing

micro-organisms to control H2S generation.

Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:

• Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate / obfuscate

the odour.

• Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.

• If still the odour persists then the nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine

particles of water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to

suppress odour.

9.6.6. Safety measures to prevent the Occupational Health Hazards

• Pollution Control system will be installed.

• Proper storage tanks will be designed.

• Electrical equipments will be properly earthed & lock out/tag out, electrical isolation method

shall be developed & displayed at required locations.

• Proper training shall be given to all the employees at regular time period to bring

awareness among the employees.

9.6.7. Social welfare measures for future planning

To provide materials and monetary aid to schools, primary health centers, hospitals and places of

worship.

• Planning to create more effective medical, educational and recreational facilities for our

EIA REPORT



employees.

• Rural Development Programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of de-addiction, self-

help, vocational training and guidance etc.

• Contributed in any welfare society.

• Scholarship for girls in Government School.

• Adoption of Local School/Slum for up liftmen of locals.

9.7. Summary of Environment Management Plan and Actions

A summary of the recommended measures or actions proposed with respect to the various

envisaged impacts as a part of Environment Management Plan is given in below table:

EIA REPORT



Table 9.3 Summary of Environmental Management Plan

Sr. No. Environmental

Component Potential Impacts

Potential source of

Impact Controls though EMP and Design

Impact

Evaluation

1. Water Water contamination Operation phase:

Discharge of domestic

wastewater

• Domestic waste water will be treated

in ETP followed by RO.

No adverse impact

Surface runoff from site • Storm Water Management has

already been provided to prevent runoff

and water logging.

Positive impact

Generation of industrial

waste water

• Wastewater will be segregated into

high and low concentrated stream.

• High concentreated steram will be

treated into Stripper followed by MEE.

Condensate from MEE will be treated

in ETP.

• Low concentreated steram will be

treated into ETP followed by RO &

MEE and treated water will be reused

for cooling, flushing, gardening &

washing.

• Hence, ZLD will be achieved.

No adverse impact

2. Air Quality Particulate & gaseous Operation Phase: • Applicable height of stack will be No significant

EIA REPORT





Potential source of


Impact

Evaluation

emissions of SPM,

SO2, NOx

DG Set maintained.

• Periodic maintenance of DG set &

monitoring will be carried out.

impact

Particulate & gaseous

emissions of SPM,

SO2, NOx

Emissions from vehicular

traffic.

• Adequate wide approach road is

proposed for smooth vehicular

movement.

• Approach road side plantation will

further act as sink to gaseous

emission.

No significant

impact

Flue gas emissions &

process gaseous

emissions

Boiler, Process reactor • Adequate stack height is provided for

flue gas emissions.

• Scrubber is provided for process

gaseous emissions.

No significant

impact

3. Noise Increase in noise

level

Operation Phase:

Vehicles movement

• Wide road and ample parking space

are provided. Vehicles with inbuilt

silencer shall be allowed in the site.

No significant

impact

Pumps, compressors &

other machineries

• Adequate baffling and mufflers are

provided.

No significant

impact

D.G. sets operations • Generator with inbuilt muffler is

provided.

No impact.

EIA REPORT





Potential source of


Impact

Evaluation

• Ear plugs shall be provided to

operators of DG set.

• Periodic maintenance & monitoring

of DG set for noise level.

4. Land Land contamination Operation Phase:

Municipal solid waste like

rubbish, paper, plastic

garbage etc.

• Efficient solid waste collection and

storage facility is proposed.

No significant

impact

Segregation of waste as biodegradable

and non biodegradable waste will be

done and shall be handed over to

authorized vendor/recycler.

No significant

impact

Hazardous wastes like

used oil, discarded

containers, used filter

cloths etc.

• All the hazardous waste will be

properly stored & disposed off to

CHWTSDF site or sold to the

authorized vendor for reuse/recycling.

No significant

impact

5. Biodiversity Impact on Flora &

Fauna

Operational Phase:

Increase of green cover

• Green belt is already developed as

per landscaping plan at site and

periphery of the boundary.

Positive impact

EIA REPORT





Potential source of


Impact

Evaluation

6. Traffic Pattern Increase of vehicular

movements

Operational Phase:

Traffic due to commercial

once the site is

operational

• Vehicular movement will be

regulated inside the site with adequate

roads and parking shall be provided.

Insignificant

impact

7. Socio-Economic

Increase in Job

opportunities

Operational Phase

Socio-economic development through

CSR activity will be made

Positive impact

The Environmental Management Plan shall be effectively implemented so that optimum benefit could be achieved. The Environmental

Management and Monitoring Plan shall be synchronized with the operational schedules.

EIA REPORT



9.8. Findings

From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost during

operational phase of the project.

The following findings are to be mentioned:

• The Project will have no significant environmental impacts during operational phase.

• Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of international design and

operational standards.

• The environmental and safety aspects of the project are straightforward and well understood.

• A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP will be implemented. No

further studies are required to elaborate these subjects.

The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental monitoring and

auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the EMP, and minimize adverse

environmental and social impacts.

9.9. Conclusions

During operation phase of the project, none of the routine activities will cause any noticeable impact

on any component of the environment, including the socio-economic component. Provision of green

belt, storm water management and energy conservation shall further facilitate in overall scenario

management of Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation measures

and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall have negligible impact on

environment and will benefit the local people and economy.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 10. CONCLUSION

The present report is based on the work carried out by M/s. Green Circle Inc. baseline data

collection carried out by them only. The EIA report contains in depth study on Environmental quality

and Environmental Management Plan to mitigate the impacts including Risk Assessment and

Disaster Management Plan. The project is technically, environmentally and socioeconomically

viable and is beneficial at local level, state level and national level.

The project M/s. Vadivarhe Specialty Chemicals Limited seems to be safety conscious and aware

about impacts of industrial projects and is environment friendly.

We may conclude as under:

• The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986 to

safeguard environment.

• Industrial wastewater will be segregated into high and low concentreated stream. High

concentreated steram will be treated into Stripper followed by MEE. Condensate from MEE

will be sent to ETP for further treatement. Low concentreated steram will be treated into ETP

followed by RO & MEE and treated water will be reused for cooling, flushing, gardening &

washing. Domestic wastewater will be treated into ETP followed by RO. Hence, ZLD will be

achieved.

• Ambient Air Quality of the project site are concerned viz. SPM (PM10 & PM2.5), SO2 and NOx,

their concentrations in the ambient air at the proposed site were observed to be well within the

prescribed limits.

• The operational phase noise shall be within industrial premises which will not exceed 75 dB

(A).

• No significant impact is seen on flora and fauna.

• The project will generate employment opportunities during an operational stage. The standard

of living of local people due to employment is likely to be better, so we may say that it is

positive socio-economic impact. The region will get economic boost.

Overall, the project will have positive impact for socio-economic and cultural development.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 11. DISCLOSURE BY CONSULTANT

EIA Team Members:

The EIA team engaged in the preparation of EIA report consists of professionals with

multidisciplinary skills and experience required for undertaking this project. The EIA involved in

various stages of planning to final report preparation is given below in table:

Name Designation Key

Responsibility Area

Signature

Mr. Pradeep Joshi Group President &

CEO Team Leader

Mr. Vikash Bhagat Assistant Manager –

EIA & EE Review &

Finalized of Report

Ms. Disha patel Executive -

Environment Report

Preparation

Ms. Sandhya Agnihotri

Executive -Environment

Report Preparation

Mr. Rahul Patel Executive -

Environment Report

Preparation

Mr. Bipeen Gadhe Risk Manager Risk Assessment

Report Preparation

Mr. Raghav Soni Assistant Manager-

EL& R

Baseline Report Preparation

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 12.

ASSESSMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE, REMEDIATION PLAN AND NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN

As per the MoEF & CC notification dated 14th March, 2017 an application was made to MoEF &

CC (EAC Violation) by M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd.at Gut No.204, Nashik-Mumbai,

highway,A/P-Wadivarhe,Tal-Igatpuri,Dist-Nashik-422403,Maharashtra[FileNo.J-11011/123/2016-

IA II (I)) and Proposal No:IA/MH/IND2/52374/2016, dated 30th March 2016].

The project was reconsidered in 14th meeting of Expert Appraisal Committee for the proposal

involving violation of the EIA Notification, 2006 (for reconsideration of Terms of References of

M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals.Gut No.204, Nashik-Mumbai Highway, A/P-Wadivarhe, Tal-

Igatpuri, Dist-Nashik-422403, Maharashtra was held at MoEF & CC, New Delhi on 22nd to 24th

October,2018. EAC (Violation) have prescribed ToRs (published under MoEF & CC website

Projects under Violation, date of meeting 22nd to 24th October 2018) for the preparation of

Environmental Impact Assessment Report and Environmental Management Plan (Including

Assessment of ecological damage and the remediation plan and the natural and community

resource augmentation plan to be prepared as an independent chapter in the EIA.

In order to carry out the environmental/ ecological damage assessment and formulation of

related remediation plan and the natural and community resource augmentation plan with

respect to M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd.has proposed for expansion of existing

products as well as addition of new products. The existing production capacity of the plant is

12.85 MT/M and proposed production capacity will be 22.018 MT/M. Thus the total production

capacity after expansion and addition of new products will be 34.868 MT/M without obtaining

prior Environmental Clearance under the Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 (as

amended from time to time), M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. has assigned the work of

carrying out the above stated study to a NABL Accredited and QCI / NABET Accredited

organization i.e.M/s.Green Circle. Inc,Vadodara.

.

The various issues/suggestions/ objections/ opinion raised by the participants and responded by

the representatives of the project proponent during the public hearing as well as budget/fund

allocated to address these issues/suggestions/ objections/ opinion are as under

1) M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. (VSCL) is an existing unit in production Manufacturing and R & D in Intermediates and Bulk Drugs.VSCL is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) unit. The air emissions are regularly monitored by 3rd Party accredited by NABL and results have been consistently within MPCB/CPCB approved limits.

2) VSCL have taken sufficient measures to prevent and contain any leaks as per well defined Emergency Preparedness plan as well as on regular basis mock drills is being carried out by VSCL to ensure emergency preparedness.

12.1. Preamble

12.2 Public Hearing Points / Issues and Company’s Response

EIA REPORT



3) VSCL provides employment to locals in accordance with the law. At present, more than 95% of locals are engaged in their workforce and VSCL give preference to local people based on their education, skill, qualification and experience.

Table 12.1 : Points / Issues raised during public hearing and company’s response

Sr.

No

.

Issue Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals Ltd. (VSCL)

Action PlanRelated To The Issue

Proposed

Allocation of

Funds by VSCL

(Rs.)

1. Employment 1) The Company gives preference to locals for

employment. Almost 95% ofthe employees are

from Maharashtra and 80 % local surrounding. The

Company gives wages exceeding that stipulated in

minimum wages act, and includes welfare benefits,

uniform, subsidized food etc. The Company

endeavors to continue this practice of fair

treatment of all employees.

2) The proposed project envisages requirement of

additional manpower of about 30, which will be

preferentially recruited from surrounding villages

depending on requisite skills and qualification.

3) Also, internship / assistance will be provided to

ITI /graduate/ undergraduate/students of local

villages for their skill development.

Rs.1,50,000/-

2. Woman

Empowerment

1) The company to organize small camps for ladies

to promote formulation of “Bachat Gut “and skill

development.

2) Beti-Bachav program will be organized,

3)Company will organized health camp for girls

Rs. 70,000/-

3. Environmental

issue due to

release of

pollutants.

1) Our air emission is regularly monitored by 3rd

Party accredited by NABL and results have been

consistently within MPCB/CPCB approved limits.

2) MPCB collects samples of water and air the

results are consistently within limit.

3) VSCL have rain water harvesting scheme in

place precautions are been taken for no water on

ground goes out rather goes out without testing.

Rs.11,80,000./-

EIA REPORT



As per the ToR the following studies were carried out with respect to the above existing

production capacity of the plant is 12.85 MT/M and proposed production capacity will be 22.018

MT/M. Thus the total production capacity after expansion and addition of new products will be

34.868 MT/M. activity carried out within the factory existing premises at M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality

Chemicals.Gut No.204, Nashik -Mumbai Highway,A/P-Wadivarhe,Tal-Igatpuri,Dist-Nashik-

422403, Maharashtra.

• Ecological/environmental damage assessment

• Remediation plan

• The natural and community resource augmentation plan

Introduction

M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals. Nashik awarded us the work of assessment of the impacts

due to the Production capacity after expansion and addition of new products will be 34.868

MT/M. We have carried out the assessment during March-May 2016. The following pages

describe the assessment with respect to the same. The details have been enumerated in the

following pages.

• Project: M/s.Vadivarhe Speciality Chemicals.Gut No.204, Nashik - Mumbai Highway, A/P-Wadivarhe, Tal-Igatpuri, Dist-Nashik-422403, Maharashtra.

• Violation Details:- Industry for its existing operation obtained CTE vide letter no.BO/RO-Nsk/PCI-I/946-07/E/CC-329 dated 05.04.2007 which was obtained after EIA Notification ,2006.hence,the industry for its existing operation did not obtain Environmental Clearance, therefore, it is violation of provisions contained under Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 by not following EIA Notification,2006.

Assessment of Environmental / Ecological Damage Due To the existing products as well

as addition of new products.

➢ The collection and analysis of data with respect to air, water, land, noise and other environmental attributes was carried out by NABL accredited laboratory and details are presented in Chapter-3.

4) VSCL have planned up-to Tertiary treatment

plant from the point of view of waste water

disposal. VSCL have also conducted adequacy

and efficacy study of ETP.

5) The Company has a comprehensive On-site

Emergency Plan, which is reviewed and updated

annually. Mock drills are conducted at regular

intervals to ensure emergency preparedness.

Total Rs.14,00000 /-

12.3. Ecological / Environmental Damage Assessment

EIA REPORT



➢ Assessment of environmental / ecological damage with respect to air, water, noise, soil/land, flora & fauna, occupation health and other environmental attributes due to the existing products as well as addition of new products. are presented under:

Table 12.2 Assessment of Environmental / Ecological Damage and Remediation/ EMP suggested

SrNo

Attributes /

Parameter

Issue

Related Damage

Remediation/

EMP Suggested

Estimated Cost

of Damage/

Remediation

Probable

Concerns

1

Air Pollution

Particulate &

gaseous emissions

of SPM, SO2,

NOx

Flue gas

emissions &

process gaseous

emissions

Minimal impact on

Surface water body,

flora, fauna as well as

soil.

Free health check-up

Camp will be

organized.

Measuring Ambient

air Quality on a

regular basis once the

project granted

Environmental

Clearance. This will

enable knowing

Incremental

pollution.

Insisting on allowing

Only covered

vehicles to transport

goods and materials

Ensuring only PUC

certified vehicles are

allowed to work at

the site.

Rs.1,00,000/-towards

One-time health check

up.

And Rs 10,75000/-

Towards the setting-up

and operation of an

Additional Ambient

Air Quality control

and monitoring

System.

Planting of tress

Rs.50,000 /-

We will have

around 500

tress in our

premises.

2

Noise

&Vibration

Noise generation

due various

equipment ,DG

set, machinery

(Pump

Compressors,

vehicular

movement etc)

Temporary and

minimal impact on

Health of Employees.

Personnel Protecting

Equipments (PPE)

like ear muff, ear

plug, etc should be

provided to workers,

barricading around

construction site and

only PUC certified

vehicle should be

used once the project

is granted

Environmental

Clearance

Rs. 1,50,000/- towards

(PPE).

Health issue

if any will be

addressed at

time to time.

3

Land

Land

contamination

Minimal impact on

Soil

.(Municipal solid

waste like rubbish,

paper,plastic, garbage

etc.)

Hazardous wastes

like used oil,

discarded containers,

Efficient solid waste

collection and storage

facility is provided.

All the hazardous

waste will be

properly stored &

disposed off to

Rs. 9,00,000/-

Setting up and

maintaining of state of

art laboratory and

consumable and

recurring cost.

-

EIA REPORT



used filter cloths etc.

CHWTSDF site or

sold to the authorized

vendor for

reuse/recycling.

4

Occupational

Health

Providing safety

equipments

(PPE),

change rooms

including drinking

Water facility,

WCs as well as

bathrooms for the

workers.

Temporary and

Minimal impact on

Health of Employees

It is also suggested

that the workers

should be checked for

their health once

every six months.

Providing and

maintaining change

Rooms and Sanitation

Facility Suitable PPE

And Medical Health

Check up At Regular

Interval

Approximately Rs

16,00000/-

-

5

Socio-

Economic

Increase in Job

opportunities

- - Socio-economic

development through

CER activity will be

made.

-

6

Flora & Fauna

Impact due to

manufacturing

process.

Minimal impact on

Flora & Fauna. Green belt is already

developed as per

landscaping plan at

site and periphery of

the boundary.

Rs 70,000/- Tree

plantation and

awareness on drip

irrigation methodology

to surrounding

farmers.

-

7

Traffic Pattern

Increase of

vehicular

movements

Traffic Congestion Vehicular movement

will be regulated

inside the site with

adequate roads and

parking shall be

provided.

- -

8 Water Water

contamination

Minimal impact on

Flora & Fauna. Soil

as well as Employee,

other machinery

equipments.

Domestic waste water

will be treated in ETP

followed by RO.

Wastewater will be

segregated into high

and low concentrated

stream.

Storm Water

Management has

already been

provided to prevent

runoff and water

logging.

Rs.75,00000/- we will

installed striper

coloum,RO unit,

distillation unit &

waste water recovery

unit.

Workers to

be

provided

with R.O. /

UV treated

water for

drinking

before the

work is re-

started after

obtaining the

related

Environment

al

Clearance

Thus, the cost assessment related to environmental degradation and its remediation as stated above would be: Rs 1,14,,45,000./-

12.4. Remediation / Environment Management Plan and Cost

EIA REPORT



The details remediation / environment management plan with respect to various environmental

attributes are suggested / recommended under section 12.2

The total fund Rs 1,14,,45,000./-is allocated for remediation/environment management plan

The augmentation plan will be multi fold in nature and will be in conjunction with the damage

Assessment as stated earlier.

Activities for the augmentation plan can be classified in major categories as under:

A. Natural Resource Augmentation Plan

B. Community Augmentation Plan will consist of

➢ Infrastructure Development Work

➢ Soft Skill Development Work

Various filed/activities under natural and community resource augmentation plan with

allocated

Budgetary details are given below:

Table 12.3 :The natural and community resource augmentation plan with allocated budgetary

Sr. No.

Filed/ Activity Budgetary Allocation (Rs)

A NATURAL RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN

1 Water Conservation and Decantation 1,00,000/-

2 Nature Conservation Society 4,00,000/-

3 Cleanliness and Hygiene Program for Good Health under “Swach Bharat”Abhiyan in Schools

10,000/-

4 Tree Plantation 50,000/-

Sub-total (A) 5,60,000/-

B COMMUNITY AUGMENTATION PLAN

B-1 Infrastructure development work

1 Construction of Class Room 1,00,000/-

2 Repairs and Maintenance 25,000/-

3 Construction of separate toilet blocks for boys & girls in schools

25,000/-

4 Periodical arrangement of Health check-ups: specialized checkups can be planned for different medical specialty, like eyes, skin, dental etc and de-addiction camp

1,00,000/-

5 Procurement of Medicines & Healthcare Supplies for Occupational Health Center

25,000/-

6 Organize awareness campaign for Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, Beti Bachao Beti Padhao and Women Empowerment.

20,000/-

12.5. Natural And Community Resource Augmentation Plan

EIA REPORT



7 Development/ promotion of drip irrigation methodology to surrounding farmers

20,000/-

Sub-total (B1) 3,15,000

B-2 Soft Skill Development Work

1 Organize skill development program for sustainable income generation & livelihood for the community like training on tailoring, embroidery, etc.

10,000/-

2 Imparting entrepreneurship development training to local people.

10,000/-

3 Internship to local graduate/undergraduate students 1,50,000/-

4 Provision of uniform, notebooks, study materials, computers for students and maintenance of school building.

1,00,000/-

5 Awareness program for reduction of plastic waste reduction / solid waste management

10,000/-

6 Upgrade school library 10,000/-

Sub-total (B2) 2,90,000/-

Total fund allocated towards natural and community resource Augmentation plan. (Sub-total : A+B1+B2)

11,65,000/-

It may be noted that since no production has been carried out even though till date, no economic

benefit has occurred to the project proponent.

As there is no construction activity, there won’t be any significant damage to the environment

The summary of budgetary allocation with respect to violation activity and remediation/ EMP

measures suggested/recommended, natural and community resource augmentation plan as well

as public hearing aspects is stated under:

Table 12.4 Summary of budgetary allocation with respect to violation activity and remediation

Sr. No.

Description Estimated Cost (Rs)

1 Estimated cost of damage / remediation with respect to ecological aspects.

1,14,45,000/- (Cr)

2 Natural and community resource augmentation plan 11,65,000/-

3 Budgetary allocation to address the various issues/suggestions/ objections/opinion raised by the participants during the Public Hearing.

14,00,000 /-

A Total (1+ 2+ 3) 1,40,10,000 /- Cr

12.6. Economic Benefit Due To Violation Activity

12.7. Conclusion and Recommendation

12.8. Implementation Schedule of Planned Activities And Related Bank Guarantee

EIA REPORT



The proposed activities under the remediation/ EMP measures suggested/recommended, natural

and community resource augmentation plan as well as public hearing aspects will be

implemented in a phased manner.

It may be noted that the project proponent will also give a bank guarantee equivalent to the

amount of remediation plan, natural and community resource augmentation plan as well as

public hearing aspects i.e. 1,40,10,000/-Cr to Maharashtra Pollution control board which could be

returned on completion of the above stated plan.